This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project to make the world’s books discoverable online.
It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book 15 one that was never subject to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that’s often difficult to discover.
Marks, notations and other marginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book’s long journey from the publisher to a library and finally to you.
Usage guidelines
Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing this resource, we have taken steps to prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying.
We also ask that you:
+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for personal, non-commercial purposes.
+ Refrain from automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google’s system: If you are conducting research on machine translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help.
+ Maintain attribution The Google “watermark” you see on each file is essential for informing people about this project and helping them find additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it.
+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing 15 legal. Do not assume that just because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can’t offer guidance on whether any specific use of any specific book 15 allowed. Please do not assume that a book’s appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liability can be quite severe.
About Google Book Search
Google’s mission is to organize the world’s information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers discover the world’s books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web
atthttp://books.google.com/
600093272T
Cambridge : PRINTED BY C. J. CLAY, M.A. AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS.
TAATONOZ AIOAOTIA ZOKPATOYS KAI KPITON
PLATO'S APOLOGY OF SOCRATES AND CRITO
WITH NOTES CRITICAL AND EXEGETICAL INTRODUCTORY NOTICES
W. WAGNER PH.D.
PROFESSOR AT THE JOHANNEUM, HAMBURG.
SECOND EDITION, REVISED AND CORRECTED.
CAMBRIDGE: DEIGHTON, BELL, AND CO. LONDON: G. BELL AND 80N3.
1876.
2g0 | 4 γέ.
600083272T
600003272T
ὙΠ: ἰπνοπαὶ - -_ == eee τὸ
KPITON
D CRITO
ILOGY
tRECTED.
Vlil PREFACE.
predecessor's materials without always stating where this has been done ; though the direct loan of either a good observation or a learned quotation, which it. would have been difficult to find without his aid, has always been acknowledged. Greater than to Stallbaum and the Vari- orum notes are the obligations the present editor owes to the excellent edition of Christian Cron with German notes: of this the first and third editions have been used ; a fourth was published, while the present book was in the press, but it has not been consulted. Al- though Stallbaum is right in describing this edition (p. 48 of his ‘Prolegomena’) as ‘tironibus destinata’, we venture to assert that there is more thought and originality in Cron’s edition than in Stallbaum’s; and a great deal of what will be found useful in our edition is derived from Cron. Besides Cron, only one more editor should be mentioned who has really done good _ service in the explanation and criticism of the Apology,
viz., the late Mr J. Riddell, whose edition was, after his death, published at the Clarendon Press, Such as it 1s, it is the most original edition of the Apology published for the last century; but unfortunately the work 1s, in many parts, quite imperfect, and at all events it cannot be said that it contains a complete exegetical commentary on the Apology.
It is hoped that this work will be found useful by those who commence their study of Plato with the two pieces contained m it, as it is for their wants that the notes are intended.
HampsteaD ΗΒΑΤΊΗ, March 8th, 1869,
[and Hamsure, November 8th, 1874.]
ANTIOAOTIA ZOKPATOY®S,
17 1. °O, re μὲν ὑμεῖς, ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, πεπόνθατε ὑπὸ τῶν ἐμῶν κατηγόρων, οὐκ οἶδα' ἐγὼ δ᾽ οὖν καὶ αὐτὲς ὑπ᾽ αὐτῶν ὀλύγου ἐμαυτοῦ ἐπελαθόμην" οὕτω πιθανῶς ἔλεγον. καίτοι ἀληθές γε, ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν, οὐδὲν εἰρήκασι. μάλιστα δὲ αὐτῶν ὃν ἐθαύμασα τῶν 5 πολλῶν ὧν ἐψεύσαντο, τοῦτο ἐν ᾧ ἔλεγον ὡς χρὴ ὑμᾶς εὐλαβεῖσθαι, μὴ ὑπ᾽ ἐμοῦ ἐξαπατηθῆτε, ὡς δεινοῦ ὄν-
Bros λέγειν. τὸ γὰρ μὴ αἰσχυνθῆναι, ὅτε αὐτίκα ὑπ᾽ ἐμοῦ ἐξελεγχθήσονται ἔργῳ, ἐπειδὰν μηδ᾽ ὁπωστιοῦν φαίνωμαι δεινὸς λέγειν, τοῦτό μοι ἔδοξεν αὐτῶν ἀναι- το σχυντότατον εἶναι, εἰ μὴ ἄρα δεινὸν καλοῦσιν οὗτοι λέγειν τὸν τἀληθῆ λέγοντα" εἰ μὲν γὰρ τοῦτο λέγουσιν, ὁμολογοίην ὧν ἔγωγε οὐ κατὰ τούτους εἶναι ῥήτωρ. οὗτοι μὲν οὖν, ὥσπερ ἐγὼ λόγω, ἤ τε ἢ οὐδὲν ἀληθὲς εἰρήκασιν" ὑμεῖς δ᾽ ἐμοῦ ἀκούσεσθε πᾶσαν τὴν ἀλή- 15 θείαν. οὐ μέντοι μὰ Δί᾽, ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, κεκαλ- λιεπημένους γε λόγους, ὥσπερ οἱ τούτων, ῥήμασί τε
Ο καὶ ὀνόμασιν, οὐδὲ κεκοσμημένους, ἀλλ᾽ ἀκούσεσθε εἰκῇ λεγόμενα τοῖς ἐπυτυχοῦσιν ὀνόμασι" πιστεύω γὰρ δίκαια εἶναι ἃ λόγω, καὶ μηδεὶς ὑμῶν προσδοκησάτω 20
6 χρὴν Bodl. but » as it seems in an erasure; so also Bekk. Stallb. and the other editors: χρὴ “0 et corr B’’, io. only late mss. See Crito 45D, and exeg. comm. 14 ἡ τι ἣ om. in Bekker’s text, but the Bodl. has # τὶ (corr. zi), and Bekk. himself
adopts this in his notes. Perhaps ἀληθὲς is only a gloss from p. 2, 24. 15 δ᾽ ἐμοῦ Bekk: δέ μου the mas.
W. P. 1
2 HAATONOS
ἄλλως" οὐδὲ γὰρ ay δήπου πρέποι, ὦ ἄνδρες, τῆδε TH ἡλικίᾳ ὥσπερ μειρακίῳ πλάττοντι λόγους εἰς ὑμᾶς εἰσιέναι. καὶ μέντοι καὶ travy, ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, τοῦτο ὑμῶν δέομαι καὶ παρίεμαι' ἐὰν διὰ τῶν αὐτῶν ς λόγων ἀκούητέ μον ἀπολογουμένου, 8: ὧνπερ εἴωθα λέγειν» καὶ ἐν ayopa ἐπὶ τῶν τραπεζῶν, ἵνα ὑμῶν πολ- λοὶ ἀκηκόασι, καὶ ἄλλοθι, μήτε θαυμάζειν μήτε θορυ- D βεῖν τούτου ἕνεκα. ἔχει γὰρ οἱτωσί. νῦν ἐγὼ πρῶτον ἐπὶ δικαστήριον ἀναβέβηκα, ἔτη γεγονὼς πλείω ἐβδο- 10 μήκοντα’ ἀτεχνῶς οὖν ξένως ἔχω τῆς ἐνθάδε λέξεως. ὥσπερ οὖν ἄν, εἰ τῷ ὄντε ξένος ἐτύγχανον ὦν, ξυνεγι- γνώσκετε δήπου ἄν μοι, εἰ ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ φωνῇ τε καὶ τῷ 18 τρόπῳ ἔλεγον, ἐν οἷσπερ ἐτεθράμμην, καὶ δὴ καὶ νῦν τοῦτο ὑμῶν Séopas δίκαιον, ὥς γέ μοι δοκῶ, τὸν μὲν 15 τρόπον τῆς λέξεως ἐᾶν---ἴσως μὲν γὰρ χείρων, ἴσως δὲ βελτίων av εἴη---αὐτὸ δὲ τοῦτο σκοπεῖν καὶ τούτῳ τὸν νοῦν προσέχειν, εἰ δίκαια λέγω ἢ μή" δικαστοῦ μὲν γὰρ αὕτη ἀρετή, ῥήτορος δὲ τἀληθῆ λέγειν. IL Πρῶτον μὲν οὖν δίκαιός εἰμε ἀπολογήσασθαε, 20 ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, πρὸς τὰ πρῶτά μου Ψψενδῆ κατη- γορημένα καὶ τοὺς πρώτους κατηγόρους, ὄπειτα δὲ πρὸς τὰ ὕστερα καὶ τοὺς ὑστέρους. ἐμοῦ γὰρ πολλοὶ κατή- B γοροι γογόνασι πρὸς ὑμᾶς καὶ πάλαε πολλὰ ἤδη ery καὶ οὐδὲν ἀληθὲς λέγοντες, obs ἐγὼ μᾶλλον φοβοῦμαι 25 ἢ τοὺς ἀμφὶ ἴΑνυτον, καίπερ ὄντας καὶ τούτους δεινούς" GAN’ ἐκεῖνοι δεινότεροι, ὦ ἄνδρες, of ὑμῶν τοὺς πολλοὺς ἐκ παίδων παραλαμβάνοντες ὄπειθόν τε καὶ κατηγό- ρουν ἐμοῦ, ὡς ἔστι τις Σωκράτης, σοφὸς ἀνήρ, τά τε 6 καὶ ἐπὶ Bodl. Q πλείω om. Bodl. and three other mss.; but see the commentary. 14 ὧς yé μοι Bodl, ὡς γ᾽ ἐμοὶ Bekk. with ΦΌΒ. 15 p τι Bekk., but τι om. Bodl. and most mss. 28 After éuoi.the and οἵ other good mas, add μᾶλλον οὐδὲν
rds though μᾶλλον is om, in some mss., which Bekk. follows : Hermann brackets the whole expression, Cron omits it altogether.
ATIOAOTIA ZOKPATOTS. 3
μετέωρα φροντιστὴς καὶ τὰ ὑπὸ γῆς ἅπαντα avetntn- Kos καὶ τὸν ἥττω λέγον κρείττω ποιῶν. οὗτοι, ώ C ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, οἱ ταύτην τὴν φήμην κατασκεδα- p ἢ η ήμη σαντες, οἱ δεινοί εἰσί μου κατήγοροι" οἱ γὰρ ἀκούοντες ἡγοῦνται τοὺς ταῦτα ξητοῦντας οὐδὲ θεοὺς νομίζειν. ὄπειτά εἰσιν οὗτοι of κατήγοροι πολλοὶ καὶ πολὺν χρόνον ἤδη κατηγορηκότες, ἔτι δὲ καὶ ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ ἡλικίᾳ λέγοντες πρὸς ὑμᾶς, ἐν ἢ ἂν μάλιστα ἐπιστεύ- σατε, παῖδες ὄντες, ὄνιοι δ᾽ ὑμῶν καὶ μειράκια, ἀτεχνῶς ἐρήμην κατηγοροῦντες ἀπολογουμένου οὐδενός. ὃ δὲ ρήμην κατηγορ μέ ’ 3 [ 4 A * ,Ἅ f πάντων ἀλογώτατον, ὅτι οὐδὲ τὰ ὀνίματα οἷόν Te D αὐτῶν εἰδέναι καὶ εἰπεῖν, πλὴν εἴ τις κωμῳδιοποιὸς τυγχάνει adv’ ὅσοι δὲ φθόνῳ καὶ διαβολῇ χρώμενοι e a > ¢ e Α 4 / Ψ ὑμᾶς ἀνέπειθον, οἱ δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ πεπεισμένοι ἄλλους πείθοντες, οὗτοι πάντες ἀπορώτατοί εἰσιν οὐδὲ yap ἀναβιβάσασθαι οἷον τ᾿ ἐστὶν αὐτῶν ἐνταυθοῖ οὐδ᾽ ἐλέγξαι οὐδένα, ἀλλ᾽ ἀνάγκη ἀτεχνῶς ὥσπερ σκιαμα- χεῖν ἀπολογούμενόν τε καὶ ἐλέγχειν μηδενὸς ἁποκρινο- μένον. ἀξιώσατε οὖν καὶ ὑμεῖς, ὥσπερ ἐγὼ λέγω, διττούς μου τοὺς κατηγόρους γεγονέναι, ἑτέρους μὲν E τοὺς ἄρτι κατηγορήσαντας, ἑτέρους δὲ τοὺς πάλαι, ods 4 a 2 4} “ ’ “a é ἐγὼ λόγω, καὶ οἰήθητε δεῖν πρὸς ἐκείνους πρῶτόν pe 3 , A e Ca) U ’ 4 ’ ἀπολογήσασθαι’ καὶ γὰρ ὑμεῖς ἐκείνων πρότερον ἠκού- σατε κατηγορούντων, καὶ πολὺ μᾶλλον ἢ τῶνδε τῶν 19 ὕστερον. elev’ ἀπολογητέον δή, ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, καὶ ἐπιχειρητέον ὑμῶν ἐξελέσθαι τὴν διαβολήν, ἣν ὑμεῖς ἐν πολλῷ χρόνῳ ἔσχετε, ταύτην ἐν οὕτως ὀλίγῳ χρόνῳ. βουλοίμην μὲν οὖν ἂν τοῦτο οὕτω γενέσθαι, εἴ τι ἄμεινον καὶ ὑμῖν καὶ ἐμοί, Kal πλέον τί με ποιῆ- 8 olom. the mss., Bekk, Stallb.: added by Hermann. 4 ἀκού-
ovres margo Bodl., ἀκούσαντες Bodl. in the text. 6 πολὺν ἤδη χρόνον Bekk. against the authority of the best mss. 28 οὕτως
1—2
ANOAOTIA SOKPATOTS. 5
γομένον" καὶ ἐκ τούτον γνώσεσθε ὅτι τοιαῦτ᾽ ἐστὶ καὶ τἄλλα περὶ ἐμοῦ ἃ οἱ πολλοὶ λέγουσιν.
IV. ᾿Αλλὰ γὰρ οὔτε τούτων οὐδὲν ἔστιν οὔτε γ᾽ εἴ τινος ἀκηκόατε ὡς ἐγὼ παιδεύειν ἐπιχειρῶ ἀνθρω-
E πους καὶ χρήματα πράττομαι, οὐδὲ τοῦτο ἀληθές. ἐπεὶ 5 καὶ τοῦτό γέ μοι δοκεῖ καλὸν εἶναι, εἴ τις οἷός τ᾽ εἴη παιδεύειν ἀνθρώπους ὥσπερ Topyias τε ὁ Λεοντῖνος καὶ Πρόδικος ὁ Ἱζεῖος καὶ Ἱππίας ὁ Ἠλεῖος. τούτων γὰρ ἕκαστος, ὦ ἄνδρες, οἷός τ᾽ ἐστὶν ἰὼν εἰς ἑκάστην τῶν πόλεων τοὺς νέους, οἷς ἔξεστι τῶν ἑαυτῶν πολιτῶν 10
90 προῖκα ξυνεῖναι ᾧ ἂν βούλωνται, τούτους πείθουσι τὰς ἐκείνων ξυνουσίας ἀπολιπόντας σφίσι ξυνεῖναι χρήματα διδόντας καὶ χάριν προσειδέναι. ἐπεὶ καὶ ἄλλος ἀνήρ ἐστι Πάριος ἐνθάδε σοφός, ὃν ἐγὼ ἠσθόμην ἐπιδημοῦντα' ἔτυχον γὰρ προσελθὼν ἀνδρὶ ὃς τετέλεκε 15 χρήματα σοφισταῖς πλείω ἣ ξύμπαντες οἱ ἄλλοι,
᾿ Καλλίᾳ τῷ Ἱππονίκου τοῦτον οὖν ἀνηρόμην---ἐστὸν γὰρ αὐτῷ δύο υἱέξε---ὦ Καλλία, ἦν δ᾽ ἐγώ, εἰ μέν σον τὼ vide πώλω ἢ μόσχω ἐγενέσθην, εἴχομεν ἂν αὐτοῖν ἐπιστάτην λαβεῖν καὶ μισθώσασθαι, ὃς ἔμελλεν αὐτὼ 20
B καλώ τε κἀγαθὼ ποιήσειν τὴν προσήκουσαν ἀρετήν" ἣν δ' ἂν οὗτος 1) τῶν ἱππικῶν τις ἢ τῶν γεωργικῶν' νῦν δ᾽ ἐπειδὴ ἀνθρώπω ἐστόν, τίνα αὐτοῖν ἐν νῷ ἔχεις ἐπιστάτην λαβεῖν; τίς τῆς τοιαύτης ἀρετῆς, τῆς av- θρωπίνης τε καὶ πολιτικῆς, ἐπιστήμων ἐστίν; οἶμαι 25 yap σε ἐσκέφθαι διὰ τὴν τῶν νἱέων κτῆσιν. ἔστι τις, ἔφην ἐγώ, ἣ οὔ; Πάνυ γε, ἦ δ᾽ ὅς. Τίς, ἦν δ᾽ ἐγώ, καὶ ποδαπός, καὶ πόσον διδάσκει; Εὔηνος, ἔφη, ὦ Σώκρατες, Πάριος, πέντε μνῶν' καὶ ἐγὼ τὸν Evnvoy ἐμακάρισα,
1 τούτων Βοὰϊ, : τούτου the edd. Bekk.: οὐδέ 7 the mss. 6 γέ μοι the mss. δος μὰ Toke. πὸ Carel καὶ ‘Iwwlas the mss, : καὶ Ἱππίας δὲ Bekk. with only one ms. *
πρὸς εἰδέναι Cobet N. L. p. 463 saying that προσειδέναι cannot be Greek. 28 Εὔηνος Bod. Bekk. Stallb, 29 Evo» the same.
Io
20
25
6 ΠΛΑΤΩΝΟΣ
εἰ ὡς ἀληθῶς ἔχοι ταύτην τὴν τέχνην καὶ οὕτως ἐμμε- C λῶς διδάσκει. ἔγωγ᾽ οὖν καὶ αὐτὸς ἐκαλλυνόμην τα καὶ ἡβρυνόμην ἄν, εἰ ἠπιστάμην ταῦτα' ἀλλ᾽ οὐ γὰρ ἐπίσταμαι, ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι.
V. Ὑπολάβοι av οὖν τις ὑμῶν ἴσως.» ἀλλ᾽, ὦ Σώκρατες, τὸ σὸν τί ἐστι πρῶγμα; πόθεν αἱ διαβολαί σοι αὗται γεγόνασιν; οὐ γὰρ δήπου σοῦ γε οὐδὲν τῶν ἄλλων περιττότερον πρωγματενομένου ὄπειτα τοσαὐτη φήμη τε καὶ λόγος γέγονεν, εἰ μή τι ἔπραττες ἀλλοῖον ἢ οἱ πολλοί: λέγε οὖν ἡμῖν, τί ἐστιν, ἵνα μὴ ἡμεῖς περὶ σοῦ αὐτοσχεδιάξωμεν, ταυτί μοι δοκεῖ δίκαια D λέγειν ὁ λέγων, κἀγὼ ὑμῖν πειράσομαι ἀποδεῖξαι, τί mor ἔστι τοῦτο ὃ ἐμοὶ πεποίηκε τό τε ὄνομα καὶ τὴν διαβολήν. ἀκούετε δή. καὶ ἴσως μὲν δόξω τισὶν ὑμῶν παίζειν, εὖ μέντοι ἴστε, πᾶσαν ὑμῖν τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐρώ. ἐγὼ γάρ, ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, δι’ οὐδὲν ἀλλ᾽ ἢ διὰ σο- φίαν τινὰ τοῦτο τὸ ὄνομα ἔσχηκα. ποίαν δὴ σοφίαν ταύτην ; ἥπερ ἐστὶν ἴσως ἀνθρωπίνη σοφία. τῷ ὄντι γὰρ κινδυνεύω ταύτην εἶναι σοφός" οὗτοι δὲ τάχ᾽ ἄν, οὗς ἄρτι ἔλεγον, μείζω τινὰ ἢ Kat’ ἄνθρωπον σοφίαν F σοφοὶ εἶεν, ἢ οὐκ ἔχω τί λέγω" οὐ γὰρ δὴ ἔγωγε αὐτὴν ἐπίσταμαι, ἀλλ᾽ ὅστις φησὶ ψεύδεταί τε καὶ ἐπὶ δια- βολῇ τῇ ἐμῇ λέγει. καί μοι, ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, μὴ θορυβήσητε, μηδ᾽ ἐὰν δόξω τι ὑμῖν μέγα λέγειν" οὐ γὰρ ἐμὸν ἐρῶ τὸν λόγον, ὃν ἂν λέγω, GAN εἰς ἀξιόχρεων ὑμῖν τὸν λέγοντα ἀνοίσω. τῆς γὰρ ἐμῆς, εἰ δή τίς ἐστι σοφία καὶ οἵα, μάρτυρα ὑμῖν παρέξομαι τὸν θεὸν τὸν ἐν
Δελφοῖς. Χαιρεφῶντα γὰρ ἴστε που. οὗτος ἐμός τε 21
1 ἔχει Bekk.; but ἔχοι is the reading of the Bodl. and other good mss.; see note in the exegetical commentary. 2 ἐγὼ οῦν Bekk.: éyw οὖν Bodl.: ἔγωγ᾽ of Stephanus with most mas. i dy οὖν Bodl. and most mss.: οὖν ἄν Bekk. with a few mas. 21 ὅ τι Bekk.: but τί is given by the Bodl. and most mss.
ATIOAOTIA ΣΩΚΡΑΤΟΥ͂Σ. | 7
21 ἑταῖρος ἦν ἐκ νέου, καὶ ὑμῶν τῷ πλήθει ἑταῖρός τε καὶ ξυνέφυγε τὴν φυγὴν ταύτην καὶ μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν κατῆλθε. καὶ ἴστε δὴ οἷος ἦν Χαιρεφῶν, ὡς σφοδρὸς ἐφ᾽ ὅ,τι ὁρμήσειε. καὶ δή ποτε καὶ εἰς Δελφοὺς ἐλθὼν ἐτόλ- μησε τοῦτο μαντεύσασθαι καί, ὕπερ λέγω, μὴ θορυ- ς Betre, ὦ ἄνδρες" ἤρετο γὰρ δή, εἴ τις ἐμοῦ εἴη σοφώ- τερος. ἀνεῖλεν οὖν ἡ Πυθία μηδένα σοφώτερον εἶναι. καὶ τούτων πέρι ὃ ἀδελφὸς ὑμῖν αὐτοῦ οὑτοσὶ μαρ- τυρήσει, ἐπειδὴ ἐκεῖνος τετελεύτηκεν.
Β VI Σκέψασθε δὲ ὧν ἕνεκα ταῦτα λέγω" μέλλω γὰρ ὑμᾶς διδάξειν, ὅθεν μοι ἡ διαβολὴ γέγονε. ταῦτα γὰρ ἐγὼ ἀκούσας ἐνεθυμούμην οὑτωσί; τί ποτε λέγει ὁ θεός, καὶ τί ποτε αἰνίττεται ; ἐγὼ γὰρ δὴ οὔτε μέγα οὔτε σμικρὸν ξύνοιδα ἐμαυτῷ σοφὸς wy’ τί οὖν ποτε eyes φάσκων ἐμὲ σοφώτατον εἶναι; οὐ γὰρ δήπου 15 ψεύδεταί γε' οὐ γὰρ θέμις αὐτῷ. καὶ πολὺν μὲν χρόνον ἠπόρουν, τί ποτε λέγει, ἔπειτα μόγις πάνυ ἐπὶ ζήτησιν αὐτοῦ τοιαύτην τινὰ ἐτραπόμην. ἦλθον ἐπί τινα τῶν δοκούντων σοφῶν εἶναι, ὡς ἐνταῦθα, εἴπερ
C πον, ἐλέγξων τὸ μαντεῖον καὶ ἀποφανῶν τῷ χρησμῷ 20 ὅτι οὑτοσὶ ἐμοῦ σοφώτερός ἐστι, σὺ δ᾽ ἐμὲ ἔφησθα. διασκοπῶν οὖν τοῦτον---ὀνόματι γὰρ οὐδὲν δέομαι λέ- yew, ἦν δέ τις τῶν πολιτικῶν, πρὸς ὃν ἐγὼ σκοπῶν τοιοῦτόν τι ἔπαθον, ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι---καὶ διαλεγό- μενος αὐτῷ, ἔδοξέ μοι οὗτος ὁ ἀνὴρ δοκεῖν μὲν εἶναι 25
D σοφὸς ἄλλοις τε πολλοῖς ἀνθρώποις καὶ μάλιστα ἑαυτῷ, εἶναι δ᾽ οὔ κἄπειτα ἐπειρώμην αὐτῷ δεικνύναι, ὅτε οἴοιτο μὲν εἶναι σοφός, εἴη 8 οὔ. ἐντεῦθεν οὖν τούτῳ τε ἀπηχθόμην καὶ πολλοῖς τῶν παρόντων" πρὸς ἐμαυτὸν δ᾽ οὖν ἀπιὼν ἐλογιξόμην ὅτι τούτου μὲν τοῦ 30 ἀνθρώπου ἐγὼ σοφώτερός εἰμι' κινδυνεύειν μὲν yap
1 The words ἑταῖρός re are considered spurious by Cobet Var.
Lect. p. 299. 9 τετελεύτηκε Bekk. Stallb. 14 σμικρὸν Bodl. here. 21 οὑτοσὶ ἐμοῦ Bodl.: οὗτός γ᾽ ἐμοῦ Bekk. with two mas.
bay
0
8 ΠΛΑΤΩΝΟΣ
ἡμῶν οὐδέτερος οὐδὲν καλὸν κὠγαθὸν εἰδέναι, ἀλλ᾽ οὗτος μὲν οἴεταί τι εἰδέναν οὐκ εἰδώς, ἐγὼ δέ, ὥσπερ οὖν οὐκ οἶδα, οὐδὲ οἴομαι' ἔοικα γοῦν τούτου γε σμικρῷ τινι αὐτῷ τούτῳ σοφώτερος εἶναι, ὅτι ἃ μὴ οἶδα οὐδὲ 5 οἴομαι εἰδέναι. ἐντεῦθεν ἐπ᾿ ἄλλον ἦα τῶν ἐκείνου δοκούντων σοφωτέρων εἶναι, καί por ταὐτὼ ταῦτα E ἔδοξε' καὶ ἐνταῦθα κἀκείνῳ καὶ ἄλλοις πολλοῖ; ὠπη- χθόμην. VIT. Μετὰ ταῦτ᾽ οὖν ἤδη ἐφεξῆς ἦα, αἰσθανό- 10 μένος μὲν καὶ λυπούμενος καὶ δεδιὼς ὅτε ἀπηχθανόμην, όμως δὲ ἀναγκαῖον ἐδόκει εἶναι τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ περὶ πλεί- στου ποιεΐσθαι' ἰτέον οὖν σκοποῦντι τὸν χρησμόν, τί λέγει, ἐπὶ ἅπαντας τούς τι δοκοῦντας εἰδέναι. καὶ νὴ τὸν κύνα, ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι" δεῖ γὰρ πρὸς ὑμᾶς 15 τἀληθῆ λέγειν ἦ μὴν ἐγὼ ὄπαθόν τι τοιοῦτον᾽ οἱ μὲν 22 μάλιστα εὐδοκιμοῦντες ἔδοξάν μοι ὀλίγου δεῖν τοῦ πλείστου ἐνδεεῖς εἶναι ξητοῦντε κατὰ τὸν θεόν, ἄλλοι δὲ δοκοῦντες φαυλότεροι ἐπιεικέστεροι εἶνας ἄνδρες πρὸς τὸ φρονίμως ἔχειν. δεῖ δὴ ὑμῖν τὴν ἐμὴν πλάνην 20 ἐπιδεῖξαι ὥσπερ πόνους τινὰς πονοῦντος, ἵνα μοι καὶ ἀνέλογκτος ἡ μαντεία γένοιτο, μετὰ γὰρ τοὺς πολυτι» κοὺς ἦα ἐπὶ τοὺς ποιητὰς τούς τε τῶν τραγῳδιῶν Kas τοὺς τῶν διθυράμβων καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους, ὡς ἐνταῦθα ἐπ᾽ Β αὐτοφώρῳ καταληψόμενος ἐμαυτὸν ἀμαθέστερον ἐκεί- 25 νων ὄντας. ἀναλαμβάνων οὖν αὐτῶν τὰ ποιήματα, ἅ μου ἐδύκει μάλιστα πεπραγματεῦσθαι αὐτοῖς, διηρώτων dv αὐτοὺς τί λέγοιεν, ἵν᾽ ἅμα τι καὶ μανθάνοιμι παρ᾽ αὐτῶν. αἰσχύνομαι οὖν ὑμῖν εἰπεῖν, ὦ ἄνδρες, τἀληθῆ’ ὅμως δὲ ῥητέον, ὡς ἔπος γὰρ εἰπεῖν ὀλύγου αὐτῶν 30 ἅπαντες οἱ παρόντες av βέλτιον ἔλεγον περὶ ὧν αὐτοὶ ἐπεποιήκεσαν, ἔγνων οὖν καὶ περὶ τῶν ποιητῶν ἐν
31 ἑπεποιήκεσαν Stephanus with the best mss,: πεποιήκεσαν
ATIOAOTIA ΣΩΚΡΑΤΟΥ͂Σ. 9
ὀλύγῳ τοῦτο, ὅτι ov σοφίᾳ ποιοῖεν ἃ ποιοῖεν, ἀλλὰ φύσει τινὶ καὶ ἐνθουσιάζοντες, ὥσπερ οἱ θεομάντεις καὶ οἱ χρησμῳδοΐ καὶ γὰρ οὗτοι λέγουσι μὲν πολλὰ καὶ καλά, ἴσασι δὲ οὐδὲν ὧν λέγουσι. τοιοῦτόν τί μοι ἐφάνησαν πάθος καὶ οἱ ποιηταὶ πεπονθότες" καὶ ἅμα ἠσθόμην αὐτῶν διὰ τὴν ποίησιν οἰομένων καὶ τἄλλα σοφωτάτων εἶναι ἀνθρώπων, ἃ οὐκ ἦσαν. ἀπῇα οὖν καὶ ἐντεῦθεν τῷ αὐτῷ οἰόμενος περυγεγονέναι, ᾧπερ καὶ τῶν πολιτικῶν. VUL Τελευτῶν οὖν ἐπὶ τοὺς χειροτέχνας ἦα" D ἐμαυτῷ γὰρ ξυνήδειν οὐδὲν ἐπισταμένῳ, ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν, τούτους δέ γ᾽ ἥδειν ὅτε εὑρήσοιμε πολλὰ καὶ καλὰ ἐπισταμένους. καὶ τούτου μὲν οὐκ ἐψεύσθην, ἀλλ᾽ ἠπίσταντο ἃ ἐγὼ οὐκ ἠπιστάμην καί μου ταύτῃ σοφώ- Tepos ἦσαν. ἀλλ᾽, ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, ταὐτόν μοι ἔδοξαν ἔχειν ἁμάρτημα, ὅπερ καὶ οἱ ποιηταί, καὶ οἱ ὠγαθοὶ δημιουργοί" διὰ τὸ τὴν τέχνην καλῶς éFepya- ζεσθαι ἕκαστος ἠξίου καὶ τἄλλα τὰ μέγιστα σοφώτατος εἶναι, καὶ αὐτῶν αὕτη ἡ πλημμέλεια ἐκείνην τὴν σο- E φίαν ἀπέκρυπτεν: ὥστ᾽ ἐμὲ ἐμαυτὸν ἀνερωτᾶν ὑπὲρ τοῦ χρησμοῦ, πότερα δεξαίμην ἂν οὕτως ὥσπερ ἔχω ἔχειν, μήτε τε σοφὸς ὧν τὴν ἐκείνων σοφίαν μήτε ἀμαθὴς τὴν ἀμαθίαν, ἢ ἀμφότερα ἃ ἐκεῖνοι ἔχουσιν ἔχειν. ἀπεκρινάμην οὖν ἐμαυτῷ καὶ τῷ χρησμῷ, ὅτι μοι λυσιτελοῖ ὥσπερ ἔχω ἔχειν. IX. "Ex ταυτησὶ δὴ τῆς ἐξετάσεως, ὦ ἄνδρες 93 ᾿Αθηναῖοι, πολλαὶ μὲν ἀπέχθειαί μοι γεγόνασι καὶ Bekk. with only one ms. αὐτῷ αὐτῶν Bekk. with three text, τώι αὐτῶι margin. a ξυνήδη Bekk. against the given Bodl. and other mas. 26 ἕξεως Bodl. which is perhaps right.
Bat comp. 10, 22. 47 Cron omits ᾿Αθηναῖοι here, and in his note says that the best mss. omit it also; but the Bodl. ms. gives
5
15
20
89
Io ΠΛΑΤΩΝΟΣ
οἷαι χαλεπώταται καὶ βαρύταται, ὥστε πολλὰς δια- βολὰς ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν γεγονέναι, ὄνομα δὲ τοῦτο λέγεσθαι, σοφὸς εἶναι. οἴονται γάρ με ἑκάστοτε οἱ παρόντες ταῦτα αὐτὸν εἶναι σοφόν, ἃ av ἄλλον ἐξελέγξω" τὸ δὲ 5 κινδυνεύει, ὦ ἄνδρες, τῷ ὄντι ὁ θεὸς σοφὸς εἶναι, καὶ ἐν τῷ χρησμῷ τούτῳ τοῦτο λέγειν, ὅτε ἡ ἀνθρωπίνη σοφία ὀλίγου τινὸς ἀξία ἐστὶ καὶ οὐδενός" καὶ φαίνεται τοῦτο λέγειν τὸν Σωκράτη, προσκεχρῆσθαι δὲ τῷ ἐμῷ ὀνόματι, ἐμὲ παράδενγμα ποιούμενος, ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ 10 εἴποι ὅτι οὗτος ὑμῶν, ὦ ἄνθρωποι, σοφώτατός ἐστιν, ὅστις ὥσπερ Σωκράτης ἔγνωκεν ὅτι ovdeves ἄξιός ἐστι B a 9 ’ 4 ’ a? e >» A \ Ψ τῇ ἀληθείᾳ πρὸς σοφίαν. ταῦτ᾽ οὖν ἐγὼ μὲν ἔτι καὶ νῦν περιιὼν ζητῶ καὶ ἐρευνῶ κατὰ τὸν θεόν, καὶ τῶν ἀστῶν καὶ ξένων av τινα οἴωμαι σοφὸν εἶναι" καὶ ἐπει- 15 δά ἡ δοκῇ, τῶ θεῷ βοηθῶν ἐνδείκνυμαι ὅτι οὐ ν μοι μὴ δοκῇ, τῷ θεῷ Bon μαι ὅτι οὐκ ἔστι σοφός. καὶ ὑπὸ ταύτης τῆς ἀσχολίας οὔτε τι τῶν τῆς πόλεως πρᾶξαί μοι σχολὴ γέγονεν ἄξιον λόγον ΝΜ a 3 ,ὔ 9 > 3 , > \ \ \ οὔτε τῶν οἰκείων, GAN ἐν πενίᾳ pupia εἰμὶ διὰ τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ λατρείαν. σ 20 X. Πρὸς δὲ τούτοις οἱ νέοι μοι ἐπακολουθοῦντες, οἷς μάλιστα σχολή ἐστιν, οὗ τῶν πλουσιωτάτων, αὐτό- ματοι χαίρουσιν ἀκούοντες ἐξεταζομένων τῶν ἀνθρώ- πων, καὶ αὐτοὶ πολλάκις ἐμὲ μιμοῦνται, εἶτ᾽ ἐπιχει- A wv 3 4 Ὃ 9 € povow ἄλλους ἐξετάζειν: κἄπειτα, οἶμαι, εὑρίσκουσι Ἁ > 4 > la Ἃ LANZA Ἁ 9 4 25 πολλὴν αφθονίαν οἰομένων μὲν εἰδέναι τὶ ἀνθρώπων, εἰδότων δὲ ὀλίγα ἢ οὐδέν. ἐντεῦθεν οὖν οἱ ὑπ᾽ αὐτῶν ᾿Αθηναῖοι here, though it omits it below δ. 8 τοῦτον Bodl. with most of the other mss.: τοῦτο ‘g et corr. D’: τοῦτ᾽ οὐ Bekk. after a conjecture of F, A. Wolf. See exegetical commentary. 9 elis om, in the mss., add. by Stephanus, 12 μὲν ἔχων ἔτι Bodl. 14 τῶν ξένων Bekk. and most editors: τῶν om. Bodl. and three other mss. 23 εἶτα Bodl. Bekk. 925 τὶ Bodl.: rredd. 96 7
ὀλίγα ἣ οὐδέν Bekk.; but the first ἢ is om. in the Bodl. and other good mss,
ATIOAOTIA ZOKPATOTS. II
ἐξεταζόμενοι ἐμοὶ ὀργίζονται, ἀλλ᾽ οὐχ αὑτοῖς, καὶ D λέγουσιν ὡς Σωκράτης τίς ἐστι μιαρώτατος καὶ δια- φθείρει τοὺς νέους" καὶ ἐπειδάν τις αὐτοὺς ἐρωτᾷ, ὅ,τι ποιῶν καὶ ὅ,τι διδάσκων, ἔχουσι μὲν οὐδὲν εἰπεῖν, ἀλλ᾽ ἀγνοοῦσιν, ἵνα δὲ μὴ δοκῶσιν ἀπορεῖν, τὰ κατὰ 5 πάντων τῶν φιλοσοφούντων πρόχειρα ταῦτα λέγουσιν, ὅτι τὰ μετέωρα καὶ τὰ ὑπὸ γῆς, καὶ θεοὺς μὴ νομίζειν, καὶ τὸν ἥττω λόγον κρείττω ποιεῖν. τὰ γὰρ ἀληθῆ, οἶμαι, οὐκ ἂν ἐθέλοιεν λέγειν, ὅτι κατάδηλοι γύγνονται E προσποιούμενοι μὲν εἰδέναι, εἰδότες δὲ οὐδέν. ἅτε οὖν, 10 οἶμαι, φιλότιμοι ὄντες καὶ σφοδροὶ καὶ πολλοΐ, καὶ ξυντεταμένως καὶ πιθανῶς λέγοντες περὶ ἐμοῦ, ἐμπε- πλήκασιν ὑμῶν τὰ ὦτα καὶ πάλαι καὶ σφοδρῶς δια- βάλλοντες. ἐκ τούτων καὶ Μέλητός μοι ἐπέθετο καὶ “Avutos καὶ Λύκων, Μέλητος μὲν ὑπὲρ τῶν ποιητῶν 15 ἀχθόμενος, “Avutos δὲ ὑπὲρ τῶν δημιουργῶν καὶ τῶν 24 πολιτικῶν, Λύκων δὲ ὑπὲρ τῶν ῥητόρων' ὥστε, ὅπερ ἀρχόμενος ἐγὼ ἔλεγον, θαυμάζοιμ᾽ ἂν εἰ οἷός τ᾽ εἴην ἐγὼ ὑμῶν ταύτην τὴν διαβολὴν ἐξελέσθαι ἐν οὕτως ὀλίγῳ χρόνῳ οὕτω πολλὴν γεγονυῖαν. ταῦτ᾽ ἔστιν 20 ὑμῖν, ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, τἀληθῆ, καὶ ὑμᾶς οὔτε μέγα οὔτε σμικρὸν ἀποκρυψάμενος ἐγὼ λέγω οὐδ᾽ ὑποστει- λάμενος. καίτοι olda σχεδὸν ὅτι τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἀπεχθά- νομαι" ὃ καὶ τεκμήριον ὅτι ἀληθῆ λέγω καὶ ὅτι αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ διαβολὴ ἡ ἐμὴ καὶ τὰ αἴτια ταῦτ᾽ ἔστιν. καὶ 25 Β ἐάν τα νῦν ἐάν te αὖθις ζητήσητε ταῦτα, οὕτως εὑρήσετε. XI. Περὶ μὲν οὖν ὧν of πρῶτοί μου κατήγοροι κατηγόρουν αὕτη ἐστὶν ἱκανὴ ἀπολογία πρὸς ὑμᾶς" Ἵ ἀλλ᾽ οὐχ αὐτοῖς Bodl., ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ αὐτοῖς DS, οὐχ αὐτοῖς Bekk,
with many mss. 9 οἴομαι Bodl. but 1] the same ms, has οἶμαι. ]2 ξυντεταγμένως Bodl. and most mss. which Bekk. follows: ξυντεταμένως ET. 17 See exeg. comm, 22 “μικρὸν Bod: see n, on 2, 16. 25 ταῦτ' ἐστιν Bodl.: ταῦτά ἐστι edd. 29
ἐστιν Bodl.: ἔστω edd.
12 ΠΛΑΤΩΝΟΣ
πρὸς δὲ Μέλητον τὸν ἀγαθόν τε καὶ φιλόπολιν, ὥς φησι, καὶ τοὺς ὑστέρους μετὰ ταῦτα πειράσομαι ἀπο- λογεῖσθαι. αὖθις γὰρ δή, ὥσπερ ἑτέρων τούτων ὄντων κατηγόρων, λάβωμεν αὖ τὴν τούτων ἀντωμοσίαν. ἔχει 5 δέ πως ᾧδε' Σωκράτη φησὶν ἀδικεῖν τούς τα νέους διαφθείροντα καὶ θεοὺς o's ἡ πόλις νομίζει οὐ νομίξοντα, érepa δὲ δαιμόνια καινά. τὸ μὲν δὴ ἔγκλημα τοιοῦτόν C ἐστι τούτου δὲ τοῦ ἀγκλήματος ὃν ὅκαστον ἐξετάσω- μεν" φησὶ γὰρ δὴ τοὺς νέους ἀδικεῖν με διαφθείροντα. 10 ἐγὼ δέ γε, ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, ἀδικεῖν φημὶ Μέλητον, ὅτε σπουδῇ χαριεντίζεται, ῥᾳδίως εἰς ἀγῶνα καθιστὰς ἀνθρώπους, περὶ πραγμάτων προσποιούμενος σπουδά- ζειν καὶ κήδεσθαι, ὧν οὐδὲν τούτῳ πώποτε ἐμέλησεν" ὡς δὲ τοῦτο οὕτως ἔχει, πειράσομαι καὶ ὑμῖν ἐπιδεῖξαι. 15 XII. Kail μοι δεῦρο, ὦ Μέλητε, εἰπέ" ἄλλο τι ἢ περὶ πολλοῦ ποιεῖ, ὅπως ὡς βέλτιστοι οἱ νεώτεροι ἔσονται; Ἔγωγε. Ἴ1θι δὴ νῦν εἰπὲ τούτοις, τίς αὐτοὺς D βελτίους ποιεῖ; δῆλον γὰρ ὅτι οἶσθα, μέλον γέ σοι. τὸν μὲν γὰρ διαφθείροντα ἐξευρών, ὡς φῇς, ἐμὲ εἰσάγεις 20 τουτοισὶ καὶ κατηγορεῖς" τὸν δὲ δὴ βελτίους ποιοῖντα ἴθε εἰπὲ καὶ μήνυσον αὐτοῖς, τίς ἐστιν. ὁρᾷς, ὦ Μέ- Ante, ὅτι συγᾷς καὶ οὐκ ὄχεις εἰπεῖν ; καίτοι οὐκ αἰσχρόν σοι δοκεῖ εἶναι καὶ ἱκανὸν τεκμήριον οὗ δὴ ἐγὼ λέγω, ὅτι σοι οὐδὲν μεμέληκεν; ἀλλ᾽ εἰπέ, ὦ ᾽γαθέ, 25 τίς αὐτοὺς ἀμείνους ποιεῖ; Οἱ νόμοι. ᾿Αλλ’ οὐ τοῦτο ἐρωτῶ, ὦ βέλτιστε, ἀλλὰ τίς ἄνθρωπος, ὅστις πρῶτον Ei καὶ αὐτὸ τοῦτο οἷδε, τοὺς νόμους. Οὗτοι, ὦ Σώκρατες, οἱ δικασταί, Πῶς λέγεις, ὦ Μέλητε; οἵδε τοὺς νέους παιδεύειν οἷοί τέ εἰσι καὶ βελτίους ποιοῦσι; Μάλιστα,
Q ἀπολογήσασθαι Bekk. against the Bodl. and most good mss, 10 ye which I om. in the first ed. is in the Bodl. ms. 1] ἀγῶνα Bodl.: ἀγῶνας edd. 12 προσποιουμένους Bodl. 14 «atom. by Cobet Var. Lect. p. 299. 15 ἄλλο τι περὶ Bekk. against the mss. 29 ποιεῖν Bekk. with inferior mss,
ATIOAOTIA ZOKPATOTS. 13
Πότερον ἅπαντες, 7) οἱ μὲν αὐτῶν, οἱ δ᾽ οὔ; “Απαντες. Εὖ γε νὴ τὴν Ἥραν λέγεις, καὶ πολλὴν ἀφθονίαν τῶν
25 ὠφελούντων. τί δὲ δή; οἵδε οἱ ἀκροαταὶ βελτίους ποιοῦσιν, ἣ οὔ; Καὶ οὗτοι. Τί δὲ οἱ βουλευταί; Καὶ
οἱ βουλευταί. ᾿Αλλ’ ἄρα, ὦ Μέλητε, μὴ οἱ ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ [οἱ ἐκκλησιασταΐ διαφθείρουσι τοὺς νεωτέ- ρους; ἢ κἀκεῖνοι βελτίους ποιοῦσιν ἅπαντες; Κἀκεῖνοι, Πάντες ἄρα, ὡς ἔοικεν, ᾿Αθηναῖοι καλοὺς κὠγαθοὺς ποιοῦσι πλὴν ἐμοῦ, ἐγὼ δὲ μόνος διαφθείρω. οὕτω λέγεις: Πάνυ σφόδρα ταῦτα λέγω. Ἰ]Πολλήν γ᾽ ἐμοῦ κατέγνωκας δυστυχίαν. καί μοι ἀπόκριναι’ ἦ καὶ Β περὶ ἵππους οὕτω σοι δοκεῖ ἔχειν οἱ μὲν βελτίους ποιοῦντες αὐτοὺς πάντες ἄνθρωποι εἶναι, εἷς δέ τις
υι
ὁ διαφθείρων; ἢ τοὐναντίον τούτου πᾶν εἷς μέν τις ᾿
ὁ βελτίους οἷός τ᾽ ὧν ποιεῖν ἢ πάνυ ὀλίγοι, of ἑππικοί" οἱ δὲ πολλοὶ ἐάνπερ ξυνῶσι καὶ χρῶνται ἵπποις, δια- φθείρουσιν; οὐχ οὕτως ἔχει, ὦ Μέλητε, καὶ περὶ ἵππων καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἁπάντων ζῴων; πάντως δήπου, ἐάν τε σὺ καὶ “Avutos ov pyre ἐάν τε φῆτε' πολλὴ γὰρ ἄν τις εὐδαιμονία ein περὲ τοὺς νέους, εἰ εἷς μὲν μόνος αὐτοὺς διαφθείρει, οἱ δ᾽ ἄλλοι ὠφελοῦσιν. ἀλλὰ Ογάρ, ὦ Μέλητε, ἱκανῶς ἐπιδείκνυσαι ὅτι οὐδεπώποτε ἐφρόντισας τῶν νέων, καὶ σαφῶς ἀποφαίνεις τὴν σαν- τοῦ ἀμέλειαν, ὅτι οὐδέν σοι Coe περὶ ὧν ἐμὲ εἰσάγεις.
XIII. Ἔτι δὲ ἡμῖν εἶπέ, ὦ πρὸς Διὸς Μέλητε, πότερον ἔστιν οἰκεῖν ἄμεινον ἐν πολίταις χρηστοῖς ἢ πονηροῖς; ὦ "Tay, ἀπόκριναι" οὐδὲν γάρ τοι χαλεπὸν
8 τί δὲ δή Bodl. m. pr.: τί δαὶ δή Bodl. corr. and Bekker, So also in the next line. 6 The words ol ἐκκλησιασταὶ are con- sidered spurious by Cobet V. Lect. p. 299. 10 γέμον Bodl.
18 ἅπαντες Bekk.: but πάντες Bodl. and other good mss. ἱκανῶς ἐπεὶ δὲ ἱκανῶς Bodl,
με
5
25
8 ΠΛΑΤΩΝΟΣ
ἡμῶν οὐδέτερος οὐδὲν καλὸν κἀγαθὸν εἰδέναι, ἀλλ᾽ οὗτος μὲν οἴεταί τι εἰδέναν οὐκ εἰδώς, ἐγὼ δέ, ὥσπερ οὖν οὐκ οἶδα, οὐδὲ οἴομαι' ἔοικα γοῦν τούτου γε σμικρῷ > A ’» , 9 A \ 3 τινι αὐτῷ τούτῳ σοφώτερος εἶναι, ὅτι ἃ μὴ olda οὐδὲ οἴομαι εἰδέναι. ἐντεῦθεν ἐπ᾿ ἄλλον ἦα τῶν ἐκείνου δοκούντων σοφωτέρων εἶναι, καί μοι ταὐτὼ ταῦτα E ἔδοξε καὶ ἐνταῦθα κἀκείνῳ καὶ ἄλλοις πτολλοῖ; ἁπη- χθόμην. VII. Μετὰ ταῦτ᾽ οὖν ἤδη ἐφεξῆς ἦα, αἰσθανό- 10 μένος μὲν καὶ λυπούμενος καὶ δεδιὼς ὅτι ἀπηχθανόμην, ὅμως δὲ ἀναγκαῖον ἐδόκει εἶναι τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ περὶ πλεί- στου ποιεῖσθαι' ἰτέον οὖν σκοποῦντι τὸν χρησμόν, τί λέγει, ἐπὶ ἅπαντας τούς τι δοκοῦντας εἰδέναι. καὶ νὴ U ? ww 3 Ao. a ‘ A ¢ A τὸν κύνα, ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι’ Set yap πρὸς ὑμᾶς 15 τἀληθῆ λέγειν ἦ μὴν ἐγὼ ἔπαθόν τι τοιοῦτον οἱ μὲν 22 μάλιστα εὐδοκιμοῦντες ἔδοξάν μοι ὀλίγου δεῖν τοῦ πλείστου ἐνδεεῖς εἶναι ξητοῦντε κατὰ τὸν θεόν, ἄλλοι δὲ δοκοῦντες φαυλότεροι ἐπιεικέστεροι εἶναι ἄνδρες 4 Μ σὰ \ ¢ a A ᾽ Α πρὸς τὸ φρονίμως ἔχειν. δεῖ δὴ ὑμῖν τὴν ἐμὴν πλάνην 20 ἐπιδεῖξαι ὥσπερ πόνους τινὰς πονοῦντος, ἵνα μοι καὶ ἀνέλογκτος ἡ μαντεία γένοιτο, μετὰ γὰρ τοὺς πολυτι» κοὺς ἦα ἐπὶ τοὺς ποιητὰς τούς τε τῶν τραγῳδιῶν Kas τοὺς τῶν διθυράμβων καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους, ὡς ἐνταῦθα ἐπ᾽ B b) 4 , 4 , ᾿ / αὐτοφώρῳ καταληψόμενος ἐμαυτὸν ἀμαθέστερον ἐκεί- 25 νων ὄντα, ἀναλαμβάνων οὖν αὐτῶν τὰ ποιήματα, ἅ μου ἐδύκει μάλιστα πεπραγματεῦσθαι αὐτοῖς, διηρώτων ἂν αὐτοὺς τί λέγοιεν, ἵν᾽ ἅμα τι καὶ μανθάνοιμι wap αὐτῶν. αἰσχύνομαι οὖν ὑμῖν εἰπεῖν, ὦ ἄνδρες, τἀληθῆ" ὅμως δὲ ῥητέον. ὡς ἔπος γὰρ εὐπεῖν ὀλύγον αὐτῶν ΄ 5 a t , © 9 30 ἅπαντες οἱ παρόντες av βέλτιον ἔλεγον περὶ ὧν αὐτοὶ ἐπεποιήκεσαν. ἔγνων οὖν καὶ περὶ τῶν ποιητῶν ἐν
an
31 ἐπεποιήκεσαν Stephanus with the best mss.: πεποιήκεσαν
ATIOAOTIA ZOKPATOTS. 9
ὀλύγῳ τοῦτο, ὅτε οὐ σοφίᾳ ποιοῖεν ἃ ποιοῖεν, ἀλλὰ φύσει τινὶ καὶ ἐνθουσιάζοντες, ὥσπερ οἱ θεομάντεις καὶ οἱ χρησμῳδοί καὶ γὰρ οὗτοι λέγουσι μὲν πολλὰ καὶ καλά, ἴσασι δὲ οὐδὲν ὧν λέγουσι. τοιοῦτόν τί μοι ἐφάνησαν πάθος καὶ ot ποιηταὶ πεπονθότες" καὶ ἅμα ἠσθόμην αὐτῶν διὰ τὴν ποίησιν οἰομένων καὶ τἄλλα. σοφωτάτων εἶναε ἀνθρώπων, ἃ οὐκ ἦσαν. atria οὖν καὶ ἐντεῦθεν τῷ αὐτῷ οἰόμενος περυγεγονέναι, ᾧπερ καὶ τῶν πολιτικῶν. VIIL Τελευτῶν οὖν ἐπὶ τοὺς χειροτέχνας ἦα" D ἐμαυτῷ γὰρ ξυνύήδειν οὐδὲν ἐπισταμένῳ, ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν, τούτους δέ γ᾽ ἤδειν ὅτε εὑρήσοιμει πολλὰ καὶ καλὰ ἐπισταμένους. καὶ τούτου μὲν οὐκ ἐψεύσθην, adr ἠπίσταντο ἃ ἐγὼ οὐκ ἠπιστάμην καί μου ταύτῃ σοφώ- Tepot ἦσαν. ἀλλ᾽, ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, ταὐτόν μοι ἔδοξαν ἔχειν ἁμάρτημα, ὅπερ καὶ οἱ ποιηταί, καὶ οἱ ἀγαθοὶ δημιουργοί" διὰ τὸ τὴν τέχνην καλῶς ἐξεργά- ζεσθαι ἕκαστος ἠξίου καὶ τἄλλα τὰ μέγιστα σοφώτατος εἶναι, καὶ αὐτῶν αὕτη ἡ πλημμέλεια ἐκείνην τὴν σο-
5
E φίαν ἀπέκρυπτεν' ὥστ᾽ ἐμὲ ἐμαυτὸν ἀνερωτᾶν ὑπὲρ 2ο
τοῦ χρησμοῦ, πότερα δεξαίμην Gv οὕτως ὥσπερ ἔχω ἔχειν, μήτε TL σοφὸς ὧν τὴν ἐκείνων σοφίαν μήτε ἀμαθὴς τὴν ἀμαθίαν, ἣ ἀμφότερα ἃ ἐκεῖνοι ἔχουσιν ἔχειν. ἀπεκρινάμην οὖν ἐμαυτῷ καὶ τῷ χρησμῷ, ὅτι
μοι λυσιτελοῖ ὥσπερ ἔχω ἔχειν. 25
IX. ‘Ex ταυτησὶ δὴ τῆς ἐξετάσεως, ὦ ἄνδρες 23 ᾿Αθηναῖοι, πολλαὶ μὲν ἀπέχθειαί μοι γεγόνασι καὶ
Bekk. with only one ms, 8 αὐτῷ αὐτῶν Bekk. with three mss., but αὐτῶν is om. in the Bodl and other good mss. τὸ αὐτὸ Bodl. text, τῶι αὐτῶι margin. 1] ξυνήδη Bekk. against the mss. 12 ἤδη Bekk. 20 ἀπέκρυπτεν all editors except Riddell, who espouses ὠποκρύπτειν given by the ms. ᾧ, ἀποκρύπτει Bodl. and other mss. 26 &€ews Bodl. which is perhaps right. But comp. 10, 22. 27 Cron omits ᾿Αθηναῖοι here, and in his note says that the best mss. omit it also; but the Bodl. ms. gives
10 ΠΛΑΤΩΝΟΣ
οἷαι χαλεπώταται καὶ βαρύταται, ὥστε πολλὰς δια- βολὰς an’ αὐτῶν γεγονέναι, ὄνομα δὲ τοῦτο λέγεσθαι, σοφὸς εἶναι. οἴονται γάρ με ἑκάστοτε οἱ παρόντες ταῦτα αὐτὸν εἶναι σοφόν, ἃ av ἄλλον ἐξελέγξω" τὸ δὲ , ΨΜ 42Ζ΄ψΊ ww e ᾿ς 5 κινδυνεύει, ὦ ἄνδρες, τῷ ὄντι ὁ θεὸς σοφὸς εἶναι, καὶ ἐν τῷ χρησμῷ τούτῳ τοῦτο λέγειν, ὅτι ἡ ἀνθρωπίνη ’ 9 σοφία ὀλύγου τινὸς ἀξία ἐστὶ καὶ οὐδενός" καὶ φαίνεται τοῦτο λέγειν τὸν Σωκράτη, προσκεχρῆσθαι δὲ τῷ ἐμῷ ὀνόματι, ἐμὲ παράδενγμα ποιούμενος, ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ Μν 6 ? € “A 9 φ ’ 4 10 εἴπου ὅτι οὗτος ὑμῶν, ὦ ἄνθρωποι, σοφώτατός ἐστιν, » / ΝΜ [2 2 λῚ bad U4 2 ὅστις ὥσπερ Σωκράτης ἔγνωκεν ὅτι οὐδενὸς ἄξιός ἐστι B fo) 4 ’ὔ 4 ’ a 39 9 ? A LY Ν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ πρὸς σοφίαν. ταῦτ᾽ οὖν ἐγὼ μὲν ἔτι καὶ νῦν περιιὼν ζητῶ καὶ ἐρευνῶ κατὰ τὸν θεόν, καὶ τῶν ἀστῶν καὶ ξένων ἄν τινα οἴωμαι σοφὸν εἶναι" καὶ ἐπει- 15 δάν μοι μὴ δοκῇ, τῷ θεῷ βοηθῶν ἐνδείκνυμαι ὅτι οὐκ ἔστι σοφός. καὶ ὑπὸ ταύτης τῆς ἀσχολίας οὔτε τι τῶν τῆς πόλεως πρᾶξαί μοι σχολὴ γέγονεν ἄξιον λόγου φ a > , 3 4 4 4 2 Ν᾿ N οὔτε τῶν οἰκείων, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν πενίᾳ pupia εἰμὶ διὰ τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ λατρείαν. σ 20 X. Πρὸς δὲ τούτοις οἱ νέοι μοι ἐπακολουθοῦντες, οἷς μάλιστα σχολή ἐστιν, οἱ τῶν πλουσιωτάτων, αὐτό- ματοι χαίρουσιν ἀκούοντες ἐξεταζομένων τῶν ἀνθρώ- πων, καὶ αὐτοὶ πολλάκις ἐμὲ μιμοῦνται, εἶτ᾽ ἐπίχει- ροῦσιν ἄλλους ἐξετάζειν κἄπειτα, οἶμαι, εὑρίσκουσι 25 πολλὴν ἀφθονίαν οἰομένων μὲν εἰδέναι τὶ ἀνθρώπων, εἰδότων δὲ ὀλίγα ἢ οὐδέν. ἐντεῦθεν οὖν οἱ ὑπ᾽ αὐτῶν ᾿Αθηναῖοι here, though it omits it below δ. 8 τοῦτον Bodl. with most of the other mss.: τοῦτο ‘g et corr. D’: τοῦτ᾽ οὐ Bekk. after a conjecture of F, A. Wolf. See exegetical commentary. 9 elis om. in the mss., add. by Stephanus, 12 μὲν ἔχων ἔτι Bodl. 14 τῶν ξένων Bekk. and most editors: τῶν om. Bodl, and three other mss. 923 εἶτα Bodl. Bekk. 925 τὶ Bodl.: rredd. 26 7
ὀλίγα ἣ οὐδέν Bekk.; but the first ἢ is om. in the Bodl. and other good mss.
ATIOAOTIA SOKPATOTS. It
ἐξεταζόμενοι ἐμοὶ ὀργίζονται, ἀλλ᾽ οὐχ αὑτοῖς, καὶ D λέγουσιν ὡς Σωκράτης τίς ἐστι μιαρώτατος καὶ δια- φθείρει τοὺς νέους" καὶ ἐπειδάν τις αὐτοὺς ἐρωτᾷ, ὅ,τι ποιῶν καὶ ὅ,τε διδάσκων, ἔχουσι μὲν οὐδὲν εἰπεῖν, ἀλλ᾽ ἀγνοοῦσιν, ἵνα δὲ μὴ δοκῶσιν ἀπορεῖν, τὰ κατὰ 5 πάντων τῶν φιλοσοφούντων πρόχειρα ταῦτα λέγουσιν, ὅτι τὰ μετέωρα καὶ τὰ ὑπὸ γῆς, καὶ θεοὺς μὴ νομίζειν, καὶ τὸν ἥττω λόγον κρείττω ποιεῖν. τὰ γὰρ ἀληθῆ, οἶμαι, οὐκ ἂν ἐθέλοιεν λέγειν, ὅτε κατάδηλοι γύγνονται E προσποιούμενοι μὲν εἰδέναε, εἰδότες δὲ οὐδέν. ἅτε οὖν, 10 οἶμαι, φιλότιμοι ὄντες καὶ σφοδροὶ καὶ πολλοί, καὶ ξυντεταμένως καὶ πιθανῶς λέγοντες περὶ ἐμοῦ, ἐμπε- πλήκασιν ὑμῶν τὰ ὦτα καὶ πάλαι καὶ σφοδρῶς δια- βάλλοντες. ἐκ τούτων καὶ Μέλητός μοι ἐπέθετο καὶ “Avutos καὶ Λύκων, Μέλητος μὲν ὑπὲρ τῶν ποιητῶν 15 ἀχθόμενος, ΓΑνυτος δὲ ὑπὲρ τῶν δημιουργῶν καὶ τῶν 94 πολιτικῶν, Λύκων δὲ ὑπὲρ τῶν ῥητόρων ὥστε, ὅπερ ἀρχόμενος ἐγὼ ἔλεγον, θαυμάζοιμ᾽ ἂν εἰ οἷός τ᾽ εἴην ἐγὼ ὑμῶν ταύτην τὴν διαβολὴν ἐξελέσθαι ἐν οὕτως ὀλίγῳ χρόνῳ οὕτω πολλὴν γεγονυῖαν. ταῦτ᾽ ἔστιν 20 ὑμῖν, ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, τἀληθῆ, καὶ ὑμᾶς οὔτε μέγα οὔτε σμικρὸν ἀποκρυψάμενος ἐγὼ λέγω οὐδ᾽ ὑποστει- λάμενος. καΐτοι οἶδα σχεδὸν ὅτι τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἀπεχθά- νομαι' ὃ καὶ τεκμήριον ὅτε ἀληθῆ λέγω καὶ ὅτι αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ διαβολὴ ἡ ἐμὴ καὶ τὰ αἴτια ταῦτ᾽ ἔστιν. καὶ 25 Β ἐάν τε νῦν ἐάν τε αὖθις ζητήσητε ταῦτα, οὕτως εὑρήσετε. ΧΙ. Περὶ μὲν οὖν ὧν οἱ πρῶτοί μου κατήγοροι κατηγόρουν αὕτη ἐστὶν ἱκανὴ ἀπολογία πρὸς ὑμᾶς"
1 ἀλλ΄ οὐχ αὐτοῖς Bodl., ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ αὐτοῖς DS, οὐχ αὑτοῖς Bekk. with many mss. 9. οἴομαι Bodl. but 1] the same ms. has οἶἦμαι. 12 ξυντεταγμένως Bodl. and most mss. which Bekk. follows: ξυντεταμένως ZT. 17 See exeg. comm. 22 “μικρὸν Bod: Bee n. on 2, 16. 25 ταῦτ᾽ ἐστιν Bodl.: ταῦτά ἐστι edd. 29 ἐστιν Bodl. : ἔστω edd.
12 ΠΛΑΤΩΝΟΣ
πρὸς δὲ Μέλητον τὸν ἀγαθόν τε καὶ φιλόπολιν, ὥς φησι, καὶ τοὺς ὑστέρους μετὰ ταῦτα πειράσομαι ἀπο- λογεῖσθαι. αὖθις γὰρ δή, ὥσπερ ἑτέρων τούτων ὄντων κατηγόρων, λάβωμεν αὖ τὴν τούτων ἀντωμοσίαν. ἔχει 5 δέ πως ᾧδε' Σωκράτη φησὶν ἀδικεῖν τούς τα νέους διαφθείροντα καὶ θεοὺς οὗς ἡ πόλιες νομίζει οὐ νομίζοντα, ἕτερα δὲ δαιμόνια καινά. τὸ μὲν δὴ ἔγκλημα τοιοῦτόν C ἐστι' τούτου δὲ τοῦ ἐγκλήματος ὃν ὅκαστον ἐξετάσω- μεν" φησὶ γὰρ δὴ τοὺς νέους ἀδικεῖν με διαφθείροντα. 10 ἐγὼ δέ γε, ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, ἀδικεῖν φημὶ Μέλητον, μ( “ ἢ ε 4 "κ.-« δ ὅτε σπουδῇ χαριεντίζεται, ῥᾳδίως εἰς ἀγῶνα καθιστὰς ἀνθρώπους, περὶ πραγμάτων προσποιούμενος σπουδά- ’ ? aan ’ ’ 4 ἕξειν καὶ κήδεσθαι, ὧν οὐδὲν τούτῳ πώποτε ἐμέλησεν" ws δὲ τοῦτο οὕτως ἔχει, πειράσομαι καὶ ὑμῖν ἐπιδεῖξαι. is XII. Kaé μοι δεῦρο, ὦ Μέλητε, ele’ ἄλλο τι ἢ περὶ πολλοῦ ποιεῖ, ὅπως ὡς βέλτιστοι οἱ νεώτεροι ἔσονται; “Eyaye. Ἴθι δὴ νῦν εἰπὲ τούτοις, τίς αὐτοὺς D βελτίους ποιεῖ; δῆλον γὰρ ὅτι οἶσθα, μέλον γέ σοι. 4 ‘ 8 4 4 e , 3 4 3 ’ τὸν μὲν γὰρ διαφθείροντα ἐξευρών, ὡς φής, ἐμὲ εἰσάγεις 20 τουτοισὶ καὶ κατηγορεῖς" τὸν δὲ δὴ βελτίους ποιοῖντα ἴθε εἰπὲ καὶ μήνυσον αὐτοῖς, τίς ἐστιν. ὁρᾷς, ὦ Μέ- Ante, ὅτι συγᾷς καὶ οὐκ ὄχεις εἰπεῖν; καίτοι οὐκ > 4 A φ A 6 φ 4 αἰσχρόν σοι δοκεῖ εἶναι καὶ ἱκανὸν τεκμήριον οὗ δὴ ἐγὼ λέγω, ὅτι σοι οὐδὲν μεμέληκεν; ἀλλ᾽ εἰπέ, ὦ ᾿᾽γαθέ, ’ 9 4 9 ’ a“ e , > 9 9 le) 25 τίς αὑτοὺς ἀμείνους ποιεῖ; Olt νόμοι. AXAX οὐ τοῦτο ἐρωτῶ, ὦ βέλτιστε, ἀλλὰ τίς ἄνθρωπος, ὅστις πρῶτον Εἰ καὶ αὐτὸ τοῦτο οἶδε, τοὺς νόμους. Οὗτοι, ὦ Σώκρατες, οἱ δικασταί. ἸΠῶς λέγεις, ὦ Μέλητε; οἵδε τοὺς νέους παιδεύειν οἷοί τό εἰσι καὶ βελτίους ποιοῦσι; Μάλιστα,
Q ἀπολογήσασθαι Bekk. against the Bodl. and most good mss. 10 γε which I om. in the first ed. is in the Bodl. ms. 1] ἀγώνα Bodl.: ἀγῶνας edd. 12 προσποιουμένους Bodl. 14 «atom. by Cobet Var. Lect. p. 299. 15 ἄλλο τι περὶ Bekk. against the mss. 29 ποιεῖν Bekk. with inferior mss,
ATIOAOTIA ZOKPATOTS. 13
Πότερον ἅπαντες, ἢ οἱ μὲν αὐτῶν, οἱ δ᾽ οὔ; “Απαντες. Εὖ γε νὴ τὴν “ραν λέγεις, καὶ πολλὴν ἀφθονίαν τῶν
25 ὠφελούντων. τί δὲ δή; οἵδε of ἀκροαταὶ βελτίους
ποιοῦσιν, 7 οὔ; Καὶ οὗτοι. Τί δὲ οἱ βουλευταί; Καὶ οἱ βουλευταί. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἄρα, ὦ Μέλητε, μὴ οἱ & τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ [οἱ ἐκκλησιασταί] διαφθείρουσι τοὺς νεωτέ- ρους; ἢ κἀκεῖνοι βελτίους ποιοῦσιν ἅπαντες; Κἀκεῖνοι. Πάντες ἄρα, ὡς ἔοικεν, ᾿Αθηναῖοι καλοὺς κἀγαθοὺς ποιοῦσι πλὴν ἐμοῦ, ἐγὼ δὲ μόνος διαφθείρω. οὕτω λέγεις; Πάνυ σφόδρα ταῦτα λέγω. Ἰ]ολλήν γ᾽ ἐμοῦ κατέγνωκας δυστυχίαν. Kai μοι ἀπόκριναι’ ἦ καὶ Β περὶ ἵππους οὕτω σοι δοκεῖ Eyew of μὲν βελτίους ποιοῦντες αὐτοὺς πάντες ἄνθρωποι εἶναι, εἷς δέ τις 6 διαφθείρων; ἢ τοὐναντίον τούτου πᾶν εἷς μέν Tes ὁ βελτίους οἷός τ᾽ ὧν ποιεῖν ἢ πάνυ ὀλέγοι, οἱ ἱππικοί" οἱ δὲ πολλοὶ ἐάνπερ ξυνῶσι καὶ χρῶνται ἵπποις, δια- φθείρουσιν; οὐχ οὕτως ἔχει, ὦ Μέλητε, καὶ περὶ ἵππων καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἁπάντων ζῴων; πάντως δήπου, ἐάν τε σὺ καὶ “Avvtos ov φῆτε ἐάν τε φῆτε' πολλὴ γὰρ ἂν τις εὐδαιμονία εἴη περὶ τοὺς νέους, εἰ εἷς μὲν μόνος αὐτοὺς διαφθείρει, οἱ δ᾽ ἄλλοι ὠφελοῦσιν. ἀλλὰ Ο γάρ, ὦ Μέλητε, ἱκανῶς ἐπιδείκνυσαι ὅτι οὐδεπώποτε ἐφρόντισας τῶν νέων, καὶ σαφῶς ἀποφαίνεις τὴν σαυ- τοῦ ἀμέλειαν, ὅτι οὐδέν σοι μεμέληκε περὶ ὧν ἐμὲ εἰσάγεις. ,
XIII. Ἔτι δὲ ἡμῖν εἰπέ, ὦ πρὸς Διὸς Μέλητε, πότερον ἔστιν οἰκεῖν ἄμεινον ἐν πολίταις χρηστοῖς 7 πονηροῖς; ὦ "Tay, ἀπόκριναι" οὐδὲν γάρ τοι χαλεπὸν
3 τί δὲ δή Bodl. m. pr.: τί δαὶ δή Bodl. corr. and Bekker. 80 also in the next line. 6 The words οἱ ἐκκλησιασταὶ are con- sidered spurious by Cobet V. Leot. p. 299. 10 +é gev Bodl.
13 ἅπαντες Bekk. : but πάντες Bodl. and other good mss. 22 ἱκανῶς ἐπεὶ δὲ ἱκανῶς Bodl.
υι
25
18 MAATONO®
ὦ Σώκρατες, τοιοῦτον ἐπιτήδευμα ἐπιτηδεύσας, ἐξ ov κινδυνεύεις νυνὶ ἀποθανεῖν; ἐγὼ δὲ τούτῳ ἂν δίκαιον λόγον ἀντείποιμι, ὅτι οὐ καλῶς λέγεις, ὦ ἄνθρωπε, εἰ οἴει δεῖν κίνδυνον ὑπολογίζεσθαι τοῦ ζῆν ἡ τεθνάναι 5 ἄνδρα ὅτου τι καὶ σμικρὸν ὄφελός ἐστιν, ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἐκεῖνο μόνον σκοπεῖν, ὅταν πράττῃ τι, πότερον δίκαια ἢ ἄδικα πράττει, καὶ ἀνδρὸς ἀγαθοῦ ἔργα ἣ κακοῦ. φαῦλοι γὰρ ἂν τῷ γε σῷ λόγῳ εἶεν τῶν ἡμιθέων ὅσοι C ἐν Τροίᾳ τετελευτήκασιν οἵ τε ἄλλοι καὶ ὁ τῆς Θέτιδος 10 υἱός, ὃς τοσοῦτον τοῦ κινδύνου κατεφρόνησε παρὰ τὸ αἰσχρόν τε ὑπομεῖναι, ὥστε ἐπειδὴ εἶπεν ἡ μήτηρ αὐτῷ προθυμουμένῳ “Extopa ἀποκτεῖναι, θεὸς οὖσα, οὑτωσί πως, ὡς ἐγὼ οἴμαι' ὦ παῖ, ei τιμωρήσεις Πατρόκλῳ τῷ ἑταίρῳ τὸν φόνον καὶ “Ἑίκτορα ἀποκτενεῖς, αὐτὸς ἀπο- 15 θανεῖ; αὐτίκα γάρ τοι, φησί, μεθ᾽ “Extopa πότμος ἑτοῖμος" ὁ δὲ ταῦτ᾽ ἀκούσας τοῦ μὲν θανάτου καὶ τοῦ κινδύνου ὠλιγώρησε, πολὺ δὲ μᾶλλον δείσας τὸ Gv D κακὸς ὧν καὶ τοῖς φίλοις μὴ τιμωρεῖν, αὐτίκα, φησί, τεθναίην δίκην ἐπιθεὶς τῷ ἀδικοῦντι, ἵνα μὴ ἐνθάδε 20 μένω καταγέλαστος παρὰ νηυσὶ κορωνίσιν ἄχθος ἀρού- pns. μὴ αὐτὸν οἴει φροντίσαι θανάτον καὶ κινδύνου; οὕτω γὰρ ἔχει, ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, τῇ ἀληθείᾳ οὗ ἄν tis ἑαυτὸν τάξῃ ἢ ἡγησάμενος βέλτιστον εἶναι ἢ ὑπ᾽ ἄρχοντος ταχθῇ, ἐνταῦθα δεῖ, ὡς ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ, μένοντα 25 κινδυνεύειν, μηδὲν ὑπολογιξόμενον μήτε θάνατον il ἄλλο μηδὲν πρὸ τοῦ αἰσχροῦ. XVII. Ἐγὼ οὖν δεινὰ ἂν εἴην εἰργασμένος, ba ay- Spes ᾿Αθηναῖοι, εἶ, ὅτε μέν με οἱ ἄρχοντες ἔταττον, ods E ὑμεῖς εἵλεσθε ἄρχειν μου, καὶ ἐν Ποτιδαίᾳ καὶ ἐν ’Ap- 30 φυπόλει καὶ ἐπὶ Δηλίῳ, τότε μὲν οὗ ἐκεῖνον érarrov the Bodl. and other good mss, omit it. πράττῃ τι only one ms.: τι is om. in all others. 13 pa the edd. against the
Bodl.: cf. 21,11. 48 ἢ is expunged by one of the correctors in the Bodl.: but see exeg. comm. βέλτιστον Bodl. and nearly all
ATIOAOTIA ΣΩΚΡΑΤΟΥ͂Σ. 19
ἔμενον ὥσπερ καὶ ἄλλος τις καὶ ἐκινδύνευον ἀποθανεῖν, τοῦ δὲ θεοῦ τάττοντος, ws ὀγὼ φήθην τε καὶ ὑπέλαβον, φιλοσοφοῦντά με δεῖν Civ καὶ ἐξετάζοντα ἐμαυτὸν καὶ 29 τοὺς ἄλλους, ἐνταῦθα δὲ φοβηθεὶς ἢ θάνατον ἢ ἄλλο ὁτιοῦν πρᾶγμα λίποιμε τὴν τάξιν. δεινὸν μέντ᾽ ἂν εἴη, 5 καὶ ὡς ἀληθῶς τότ᾽ dv με δικαίως εἰσάγοι τις εἰς δικα- στήριον, ὅτι οὐ νομίζω θεοὺς εἶναι ἀπειθῶν τῇ μαντείᾳ καὶ δεδιὼς θάνατον καὶ οἰόμενος σοφὸς εἶναι οὐκ ὦν. τὸ γάρ tot θάνατον δεδιέναι, ὦ ἄνδρες, οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἐστὶν ἢ δοκεῖν σοφὸν εἶναι μὴ ὄντα" δοκεῖν γὰρ εἰδέναι 10 9 A Aa 9 φ 4 A δ 4 A ‘ 4 ἐστὶν ἃ οὐκ οἶδεν. olde μὲν yap οὐδεὶς τὸν θάνατον οὐδ᾽ εἰ τυγχάνει τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ πάντων μέγιστον ὃν τῶν Β ἀγαθῶν, δεδίασι δ᾽ ὡς εὖ εἰδότες ὅτι μέγιστον τῶν κακῶν ἐστί. καὶ τοῦτο πῶς οὐκ ἀμαθία ἐστὶν αὕτη ἡ ? e Δ ν 2. ἢ A ? 9 3 \ 9 ἐπονείδιστος ἡ τοῦ οἴεσθαι εἰδέναι ἃ οὐκ οἶδεν; ἐγὼ δ᾽, ὦ ἄνδρες, τούτῳ καὶ ἐνταῦθα ἴσως διαφέρω τῶν πολ- λῶν ἀνθρώπων, καὶ εἰ δή τῳ σοφώτερός του φαίην 4 ’ φῇ 3 3 N e a A A 95 of εἶναι, τούτῳ ἄν, ὅτι οὐκ εἰδὼς ἱκανῶς περὶ τῶν ev” Al~ δου οὕτω καὶ οἴομαι οὐκ εἰδέναι" τὸ δὲ ἀδικεῖν καὶ ἀπει- θεῖν τῷ βελτίονι, καὶ θεῷ καὶ ἀνθρώπῳ, ὅτι κακὸν καὶ 20 3 , 3 4 A 4 κι n . 9% αἰσχρόν ἐστιν οἶδα. πρὸ οὖν τῶν κακῶν, ὧν οἶδα ὅτι κακά ἐστιν, ἃ μὴ οἶδα εἰ ἀγαθὰ ὄντα τυγχάνει οὐδέ- , 3 , . wt Ὁ) Oy ae ποτε φοβήσομαι οὐδὲ φεύξομαι"' ὥστε οὐδ᾽ εἴ pe viv C ὑμεῖς ἀφίετε ᾿Ανύτῳ ἀπιστήσαντες, ὃς ἔφη ἢ τὴν ἀρχὴν οὐ δεῖν ἐμὲ δεῦρο εἰσελθεῖν ἤ, ἐπειδὴ εἰσῆλθον, οὐχ 25 οἷόν τ᾽ εἶναι τὸ μὴ ἀποκτεῖναί με, λέγων πρὸς ὑμᾶς ὡς, > td “a 4 A e ea 3 , ΩΝ εἰ διαφευξοίμην, ἤδη ἂν ὑμῶν οἱ υἱεῖς ἐπιτηδεύοντες ἃ Σωκράτης διδάσκει πάντες παντάπασι διαφθαρήσον-
[κω
5
good mss.: βέλτιον Bekk. with $8. 5. μέντ᾽ ἂν Bodl. marg. and most mss,: τῶν Bodl, m. 1 and TI¢DS. 15 δ᾽ Bod: δέ edd. 19 καὶ τὸ ἀπειθεῖν Bekk. against the Bodl. 23 φοβη- θήσομαι Bekk. with four mss, φοβήσομαι Bodl. and most other mss. 26 οἷόν» re Cron; but Bodl. has τ᾽, 28 παντάπασιν Bekk.
2—2
20 TMAATQNOS
Tat,—el μοι πρὸς ταῦτα εἴποιτε᾽ ὦ Σώκρατες, νῦν μὲν ᾿Ανύτῳ οὐ πεισόμεθα, ἀλλ᾽ ἀφίεμέν σε, ἐπὶ τούτῳ μέν- τοί, ἐφ᾽ ᾧτε μηκέτι ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ ζητήσει διατρίβειν μηδὲ φιλοσοφεῖν' ἐὰν δὲ ἁλῷς ἔτι τοῦτο πράττων, ἀπο-
§ aver: εἰ οὖν με, ὅπερ εἶπον, ἐπὶ τούτοις ἀφίοιτε, εἴποιμ᾽ ἂν ὑμῖν Ort ἐγὼ ὑμᾶς, ὦ avdpes ᾿Αθηναῖοι, ἀσπάζομαι D μὲν καὶ φιλῶ, πείσομαι δὲ μᾶλλον τῷ θεῷ ἢ ὑμῖν, καὶ δωσπερ ἂν ἐμπνέω καὶ οἷός τε ὦ, οὐ μὴ παύσωμαι φι- λοσοφῶν καὶ ὑμῖν παρακέλευόμενός τε καὶ ἐνδεικνύμε-
10 vos ὅτῳ dv ἀεὶ ἐντυγχάνω ὑμῶν, λέγων οἷάπερ εἴωθα, ὅτι ὦ ἄριστε ἀνδρῶν, ᾿Αθηναῖος ὦν, πόλεως τῆς μεγί- στης καὶ εὐδοκιμωτάτης εἰς σοφίαν καὶ ἰσχύν, χρημά- τῶν μὲν οὐκ αἰσχύνει ἐπιμελούμενος, ὅπως σοι ἔσται Ἰὼ ὡς πλεῖστα, καὶ δόξης καὶ τιμῆς, φρονήσεως δὲ καὶ
15 ἀληθείας καὶ τῆς ψυχῆς, ὅπως ὡς βελτίστη ἔσται, οὐκ ἐπιμελεῖ, οὐδὲ φροντίζεις; καὶ ἐάν τις ὑμῶν ἀμφισβητῇ καὶ φῇ ἐπιμελεῖσθαι, οὐκ εὐθὺς ἀφήσω αὐτὸν οὐδ᾽ ἄπειμι, ἀλλ᾽ ἐρήσομαι αὐτὸν καὶ ἐξετάσω καὶ ἐλέγξω, καὶ ἐάν μοι μὴ δοκῇ κεκτῆσθαι ἀρετήν, φάναι δέ, ὀνει-
20 διῶ ὅτε τὰ πλείστου ἄξια περὶ ἐλαχίστου ποιεῖται, τὰ δὲ φαυλότερα περὶ πλείονος. ταῦτα καὶ νεωτέρῳ καὶ 30 πρεσβυτέρῳ, ὅτῳ ἂν ἐντυγχάνω, ποιήσω, καὶ ξένῳ καὶ ἀστῷ, μᾶλλον δὲ τοῖς ἀστοῖς, ὅσῳ μου ἐγγυτέρω ἐστὲ γένει. ταῦτα γὰρ κελεύει 6 θεός, εὖ ἴστε, καὶ ὀγὼ οἵομαι
25 οὐδέν πω ὑμῖν μεῖζον ἀγαθὸν γενέσθαι ἐν τῇ πόλει 7 τὴν ἐμὴν τῷ θεῷ ὑπηρεσίαν. οὐδὲν γὰρ ἄλλο πράττων ἐγὼ περιέρχομαι ἣ πείθων ὑμῶν καὶ νεωτέρους καὶ πρεσβυτέρους μήτε σωμάτων ἐπιμελεῖσθαι μήτε χρη- μάτων πρότερον μηδὲ οὕτω σφόδρα ὡς τῆς ψυχῆς, Β
φοὔπως ὡς ἀρίστη ἔσται, λέγων ὅτι οὐκ ἐκ χρημάτων 8 παύσωμαι Bodl. and most other mess.: παύσομαι Bekk.
13 ἐπιμελούμενος Bodl.: ἐπιμελόμενος Bekk, 10 ἀμφισβητῇ Bodl.: ἀμφισβητήσῃ Bekk. 30 ὅτι om. Bodl.
ATIOAOTIA ZOKPATOTS. 21
ἀρετὴ yiyverat, ἀλλ᾽ ἐξ ἀρετῆς χρήματα καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ἀγαθὰ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἅπαντα καὶ ἰδίᾳ καὶ δημοσίᾳ. εἰ μὲν οὖν ταῦτα λέγων διαφθείρω τοὺς νέους, ταῦτ᾽ av εἴη βλαβερά’ εἰ δέ τίς μέ φησιν ἄλλα λέγειν ἣ ταῦτα, οὐδὲν λέγει. πρὸς ταῦτα, φαίην ἄν, ὦ ᾿Αθηναῖοι, ἢ πείθεσθε ᾿Ανύτῳ ἣ μή, καὶ ἢ ἀφίετε ἢ μὴ ἀφίετε, ὡς
C ἐμοῦ οὐκ ἂν ποιήσοντος ἄλλα, οὐδ᾽ εἰ μέλλω πολλάκις τεθνάναι.
XVIII. Μὴ θορυβεῖτε, ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, ἀλλ᾽ ἐμμείνατέ μοι οἷς ἐδεήθην ὑμῶν, μὴ θορυβεῖν, ἐφ᾽ οἷς ἂν λέγω, ἀλλ᾽ ἀκούειν καὶ γάρ, ὡς ἐγὼ οἶμαι, ὀνήσεσθε ἀκούοντες. μέλλω γὰρ οὖν ἄττα ὑμῖν ἐρεῖν καὶ ἄλλα, ἐφ᾽ οἷς ἴσως βοήσεσθε' ἀλλὰ μηδαμῶς ποιεῖτε τοῦτο. εὖ γὰρ ἴστε, ἐὰν ἐμὲ ἀποκτείνητε τοιοῦτον ὄντα, οἷον ἐγὼ λέγω, οὐκ ἐμὲ μείξω βλάψετε ἢ ὑμᾶς αὐτούς" ἐμὲ μὲν γὰρ οὐδὲν ἂν βλάψειεν οὔτε Μέλητος οὔτε ΓΑνυ-
D τος" οὐδὲ γὰρ ἂν δύναιτο οὐ γὰρ οἴομαι θεμιτὸν εἶναι ἀμείνονι ἀνδρὶ ὑπὸ χείρονος βλάπτεσθαι. ἀποκτείνειε μέντ᾽ av ἴσως 7) ἐξελάσειεν ἣ ἀτιμώσειεν' ἀλλὰ ταῦτα οὗτος μὲν ἴσως οἴεται καὶ ἄλλος τίς που μεγάλα κακά, ἐγὼ δ᾽ οὐκ οἴομαι, ἀλλὰ πολὺ μᾶλλον ποιεῖν ἃ οὗτος νυνὶ ποιεῖ, ἄνδρα ἀδίκως ἐπιχειρεῖν ἀποκτιννύναι. νῦν οὖν, ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, πολλοῦ δέω ἐγὼ ὑπὲρ ἐμαυ- τοῦ ἀπολογεῖσθαι, ὥς τις ἂν οἴοιτο, GAN ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν, μή τε ἐξαμάρτητε περὶ τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ δόσιν ὑμῖν ἐμοῦ
E καταψηφισάμενοι. ἐὰν γὰρ ἐμὲ ἀποκτείνητε, οὐ ῥᾳ- δίως ἄλλον τοιοῦτον εὑρήσετε, ἀτεχνῶς, εἰ καὶ γελοιό-
1 τἄλλα the edd. against the Bodl, 8. ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι Bekk.: but ἄνδρες is om. in the Bodl. and five other mss. 6 agleré με Bekk.: but με om. Bodl. and five other mss. 9 ὦ ἄνδρες ᾽ΑΘθ. Bakk.: ὦ om. Bodl. and three other mss, 12 ἐρεῖν ὑμῖν Bekk.: ὑμῖν ἐρεῖν Bodl. and three other mas. 17 οἶμαι
Bekk.: οἴομαι Bodl. and five other mss. 19 ἀτιμάσειεν the mss. ; see oe. notes and Cobet N. L. p. 751. 20 μὲν is in the B
μή
N
το
" wn
20
25
22 ᾿ TIAATONOS
9 n A i, | e A A τερον εἰπεῖν, προσκείμενον τῇ πόλει ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ, A ty, ’ , € A a ὥσπερ ἵππῳ μεγάλῳ μὲν καὶ γενναίῳ, ὑπὸ μεγέθους
A 4 f ἐφ 4 δὲ νωθεστέρῳ καὶ δεομένῳ ἐγείρεσθαι ὑπὸ μύωπός e / a ¢ Q > 8 a ’ τινος οἷον δή μοι δοκεῖ ὁ θεὸς ἐμὲ τῇ πόλει προστε- θεικέναι τοιοῦτόν τινα, ὃς ὑμᾶς ἐγείρων καὶ πείθων καὶ 9 . ? ’» \ e +? ¢ ὀνειδίξων ἕνα ἕκαστον οὐδὲν παύομαι τὴν ἡμέραν ὅλην “πανταχοῦ προσκαθίζων. τοιοῦτος οὖν ἄλλος οὐ ῥᾳδίως ¢ A ’ φ 3 9 9A 3 N 4 ὑμῖν γενήσεται, ὦ ἄνδρες, ἀλλ᾽ ἐὰν ἐμοὶ πείθησθε, γ᾽ , . £ A 2 -f > *# 3 , ¢ φείσεσθέ μουν" ὑμεῖς δ᾽ lows τάχ᾽ av ἀχθόμενοι, ὥσπερ οἱ νυστάξοντες ἀγειρόμενοι, κρούσαντες ἄν με, πειθό- μενοι ᾿Ανύτῳ, ῥᾳδίως ἂν ἀποκτείναιτε, εἶτα τὸν λοιπὸν 4 4 a 3 Ψ 4 ε βίον καθεύδοντες διατελοῖτ᾽ av, εἰ μή τινα ἄλλον ὁ θεὸς ὑμῖν ἐπιπέμψειε κηδόμενος ὑμῶν. ὅτι δ᾽ ἐγὼ τυγχάνω ὧν τοιοῦτος, οἷος ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ τῇ πόλει δε-
91
δόσθαι, ἐνθένδε ἂν κατανοήσαιτε' οὐ γὰρ ἀνθρωπίνῳ Β
ἔοικε τὸ ἐμὲ τῶν μὲν ἐμαυτοῦ ἁπάντων ἠμεληκέναι καὶ ἀνέχεσθαι τῶν οἰκείων ἀμελουμένων τοσαῦτα ἤδη ἔτη, τὸ δὲ ὑμέτερον πράττειν ἀεί, ἰδίᾳ ἑκάστῳ προσιόντα ὥσπερ πατέράὰ ἢ ἀδελφὸν πρεσβύτερον, πείθοντα ἐπι- μελεῖσθαι ἀρετῆς. καὶ εἰ μέντοι TL ἀπὸ τούτων ἀπέ- λαυον καὶ μισθὸν λαμβάνων ταῦτα “ππαρεκέλευόμην, εἶχον ἄν τινα λόγον" νῦν δὲ ὁρᾶτε δὴ καὶ αὐτοί, ὅτι οἱ κατήγοροι τἄλλα πάντα ἀναισχύντως οὕτω κατηγο- ροῦντες τοῦτό γε οὐχ οἷοί τε ἐγένοντο ἀπαναίσχυν- τῆσαι, παρασχόμενοι μάρτυρα, ὡς ἐγώ ποτέ Teva ἣ ἐπραξάμην μισθὸν ἣ ἤτησα. ἱκανὸν γάρ, οἶμαι, ἐγὼ παρέχομαι τὸν μάρτυρα, ὡς ἀληθῆ λέγω, τὴν πενίαν. XIX. Ἴσως ἂν οὖν δόξειεν ἄτοπον εἶναι, ὅτι δὴ ἐγὼ ἰδίᾳ μὲν ταῦτα ξυμβουλεύω περιιὼν καὶ πολυ-
40 πραγμονῶ, δημοσίᾳ δὲ οὐ τολμῶ ἀναβαίνων εἰς τὸ
20 μέν τι (without τοῦ Cobet V. L. p. 800. 47 ἀληθῆ ws Cron and Riddell, against the Bodl. 29 πολυπραγμοφῶν Beck. : I follow the Bodl.
C
ATLOAOTIA ΣΩΚΡΑΤΟΥ͂Σ. 23
“πλῆθος τὸ ὑμέτερον ξυμβουλεύειν τῇ πόλει. τούτου δὲ αἴτιόν ἐστιν ὃ ὑμεῖς ἐμοῦ πολλάκις ἀκηκόατε πολ- D λαχοῦ λέγοντος, ὅτι μοι θεῖόν τι καὶ δαιμόνιον γέγνε- tat [φωνή], ὃ δὴ καὶ ἐν τῇ γραφῇ ἐπικωμῳδῶν Μέλη- τος ἐγράψατο" ἐμοὶ δὲ tour’ ἐστὶν ἐκ παιδὸς ἀρξάμενον 5 φωνή τίς γυγνομένη, ἣ ὅταν γένηται, ἀεὶ ἀποτρέπει με τοῦτο ὃ ἂν μέλλω πράττειν, προτρέπει δὲ οὔποτε" τοῦτ᾽ ἔστιν 0 μοι ἐναντιοῦται τὰ πολιτικὰ πράττειν. καὶ πωγκάλως γ᾽ ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ ἐναντιοῦσθαι εὖ γὰρ ἴστε, ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, εἰ ἐγὼ πάλαι ἐπεχείρησα πράτ- το τειν τὰ πολιτικὰ πράγματα, πάλαι ἂν ἀπολώλη καὶ E οὔτ᾽ ἂν ὑμᾶς ὠφελήκη οὐδὲν οὔτ᾽ ἂν ἐμαντόν. . καί μοι ‘y v ’ a 9 A μ᾿ ef 3 μὴ ἄχθεσθε λέγοντι τἀληθῆ" οὐ γὰρ ἔστιν ὅστις ἀν- θρώπων σωθήσεται οὔτε ὑμῖν οὔτε ἄλλῳ πλήθει οὐδενὶ γνησίως ἐναντιούμενος καὶ διακωλίων πολλὰ ἄδικα 15 92 καὶ παράνομα ἐν τῇ πόλει γίγνεσθαι, GAN ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστε τὸν τῷ ὄντι μαχούμενον ὑπὲρ τοῦ δικαίον, καὶ εἰ μέλλει ὀλίγον χρόνον σωθήσεσθαι, ἰδιωτεύειν, ἀλλὰ μὴ δημοσιεύειν.
XX. Μεγάλα δ᾽ ἔγωγε ὑμῖν τεκμήρια παρέξομαι 20 τούτων, οὐ λόγους, GAN ὃ ὑμεῖς τιμᾶτε, ἔργα. ἀκού- cate δή μου τὰ ἐμοὶ ξυμβεβηκότα, ty εἰδῆτε ὅτι οὐδ᾽ a e € a \ A [4 ’ , ἂν ἑνὶ ὑπεικάθοιμι παρὰ τὸ δίκαιον δείσας θάνατον, μὴ ὑπείκων δὲ ἄμα καὶ ἅμα ἂν ἀπολοίμην. ἐρῶ δὲ ὑμῖν φορτικὰ μὲν καὶ δικανικά, ἀληθὴ δέ. ἐγὼ yap, ὦ 25 ᾿Αθηναῖοι, ἄλλην μὲν ἀρχὴν οὐδεμίαν πώποτε ἦρξα ἐν
Bri πόλει, ἐβούλευσα δέ καὶ ἔτυχεν ἡμῶν ἡ φυλὴ 4 φωνή considered spurious by ‘vir quidam doctus apud For- sterum.’ 8 τοῦτο BodL: τούτου Bekk. and nearly all editors.
9 γέ μοι Bodl. 10 πάλας considered spurious by Cobet V. L. p. 800, N. L. p. 214. 12 καί μοι μὴ Bekk. without a note: καὶ μή μοι Hermann comparing Phaed. 105, 5. But Riddell justly observes that καί μοι is a common commencement of a sentence in the Orators. 94 ἅμ᾽ ἂν Bekk.: I follow the Bodl. 26 dvdpes
᾽Αθ. Bekk.: but ἄνδρες is om. in the Bodl. 47 φυλὴ Bodl. marg,, βουλὴ the text.
14 ΠΛΑΤΩΝΟΣ
ἐρωτῶ. οὐχ οἱ μὲν πονηροὶ κακέν τι ἐργάζονται τοὺς > \ » , a w e ᾽ 3 4 ’ ἀεὶ ἐγγυτάτω ἑαυτῶν ὄντας, οἱ & ἀγαθοὶ ἀγαθόν τι; Πάνυ γε. "ἔστιν οὖν ὅστις βούλεται ὑπὸ τῶν ξυνόν- των βλάπτεσθαι μᾶλλον ἢ ὠφελεῖσθαι; ἀποκρίνου, ὦ D 3 \ 4 e ’ 9 9 , Ν ς ᾽γαθέ' καὶ γὰρ ὁ νόμος κελεύει ἀποκρίνεσθαι. ἔσθ᾽ ὅστις βούλεται, βλάπτεσθαι; Οὐ δῆτα. Φέρε δή, πότερον ἐμὲ εἰσάγεις δεῦρο ὡς διαφθείροντα τοὺς νεω- τέρους καὶ πονηροτέρους ποιοῦντα ἑκόντα ἢ ἄκοντα; ‘Exovra ἔγωγε. Τί δῆτα, ὦ Μέλητε; τοσοῦτον σὺ 10 ἐμοῦ σοφώτερος εἶ τηλικούτου ὄντος τηλικόσδε ὦν, ὥστε σὺ μὲν ἔγνωκας ὅτι οἱ μὲν κακοὶ κακόν τι ἐργά- ζονται ἀεὶ τοὺς μάλιστα πλησίον ἑαυτῶν, οἱ δὲ ὠγαθοὶ Ἐὶ 3 Fic 2. \ 2 a 2 , uf a ἀγαθόν" ἐγὼ δὲ δὴ εἰς τοσοῦτον ἀμαθίας ἥκω, ὥστε καὶ τοῦτ᾽ ἀγνοῶ, ὅτι, ἐάν τινα μοχθηρὸν ποιήσω τῶν 15 ξυνόντων, κινδυνεύσω κακόν τι λαβεῖν an’ αὐτοῦ, ὥστε τοῦτο τὸ τοσοῦτον κακὸν ἑκὼν ποιῶ, ὡς φὴς σύ; ταῦτα ἐγώ σοι οὐ πείθομαι, ὦ Μέλητε, οἶμαι δὲ οὐδὲ ἄλλον ἀνθρώπων οὐδένα" ἀλλ᾽ ἢ οὐ διαφθείρω, ἢ εἰ διαφθείρω, 26 ῳ “ ͵ > 3 ἢ ; 20. ΜΝ ἄκων, ὥστε σύ γε κατ᾽ ἀμφότερα ψεύδει. εἰ δὲ ἄκων 20 διαφθείρω, τῶν τοιούτων καὶ ἀκουσίων ἁμαρτημάτων οὐ δεῦρο νόμος εἰσάγειν ἐστίν, ἀλλ᾽ ἰδίᾳ λαβόντα διδάσκειν καὶ νουθετεῖν: δῆλον γὰρ ὅτι, ἐὰν μάθω,
’ ¢ bd ” ἢ» ἤ παύσομαι ὅ γε ἄκων ποιῶ. σὺ δὲ ξυγγενέσθαι μέν μοι καὶ διδάξαι ἔφυγες καὶ οὐκ ἠθέλησας, δεῦρο δὲ
25 εἰσάγεις, οἷ νόμος ἐστὶν εἰσάγειν τοὺς κολάσεως δεομέ- νους, ἀλλ᾽ οὐ μαθήσεως.
XIV. ᾿Αλλὰ γάρ, ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, τοῦτο μὲν δῆλον ἤδη ἐστίν, ὃ ἐγὼ ἔλεγον, ὅτε Μελήτῳ τούτων Β οὔτε μέγα οὔτε σμικρὸν πώποτε ἐμέλησεν" ὅμως δὲ
30 δὴ λέγε ἡμῖν, πῶς με φὴς διαφθείρειν, ὦ Μέλητε, τοὺς νεωτέρους ; ἢ δῆλον δὴ ὅτε κατὰ τὴν γραφήν, ἣν ἐγρά-
4 ἀποκρίνου Bodl.: ἀπόκριναι the edd. 15 τὸ om. Bodl. 20 καὶ ἀκουσίων considered spurious by Cobet, who proposes τῶν
τοιούτων ἕνεκα ἁμαρτημάτων. 28 οὗ ᾿γὼ Bekker: ὃ ἐγὼ Bodl. and nearly 811 88. 29 μικρὸν Bodl.
ΑΠΟΛΟΙῚΑ SOQKPATOTS. Is
ψω, θεοὺς διδάσκοντα μὴ νομίζειν ods ἡ πόλις νομίζει, Ὁ \ , ’ ? fe) f Ψ ἕτερα δὲ δαιμόνια καινά; οὐ ταῦτα λέγεις ὅτι δι- δάσκων διαφθείρω; Πάνυ μὲν οὖν σφόδρα ταῦτα λέγω. Πρὸς αὐτῶν τοίνυν, ὦ Μέλητε, τούτων τῶν θεῶν, ὧν νῦν 6 λόγος ἐστίν, εἰπὲ ἔτει σαφέστερον καὶ 5 Β A by 3 C ἐμοὶ καὶ τοῖς ἀνδράσι τουτοισί, ἐγὼ γὰρ οὐ δύναμαι μαθεῖν, πότερον λέγεις διδάσκειν με νομίζειν εἶναί τινας θεούς, καὶ αὐτὸς ἄρα νομίζω εἶναι θεούς, καὶ οὐκ εἰμὶ τὸ παράπαν ἄθεος οὐδὲ ταύτῃ ἀδικῶ, οὐ μέντοι οὕσπερ e , 3 9 e f 4 ~ > mM [4 3 γε ἢ TONS, ANN ετέρους, καὶ TOUT ἔστιν O pol ἐγ- IO καλεῖς, ὅτι ἑτέρους" ἢ παντάπασί με φὴς οὔτε αὐτὸν νομίζειν θεοὺς τούς τε ἄλλους ταῦτα διδάσκειν. Ταῦτα λέγω, ὡς τὸ παράπαν οὐ νομίζεις θεούς. ὮΩ θαυμάσιε Ὦ Μέλητε, ἵνα τί ταῦτα λέγεις ; οὐδὲ ἥλιον οὐδὲ σελήνην ἄρα νομίξω θεοὺς εἶναι, ὥσπερ οἱ ἄλλοι ἄνθρωποι; τς Μὰ Δί᾽, ὦ ἄνδρες δικασταί, ἐπεὶ τὸν μὲν ἥλιον λίθον 4 N \ ‘ , A 3 , δ φησὶν εἶναι, τὴν δὲ σελήνην γῆν. ᾿Αναξαγόρου οἴει κατηγορεῖν, ὦ φίλε Μέλητε, καὶ οὕτω καταφρονεῖς τῶνδε καὶ oles αὐτοὺς ἀπείρους γραμμάτων εἶναι, ὥστε οὐκ εἰδέναι ὅτι τὰ ᾿Αναξαγόρου βιβλία τοῦ Kralope- 20 χίου γέμει τούτων τῶν λόγων ; καὶ δὴ καὶ οἱ νέοι ταῦτα map ἐμοῦ μανθάνουσιν, ἃ ἔξεστιν ἐνίοτε, εἰ πάνυ πτολ- E λοῦ, δραχμῆς ἐκ τῆς ὀρχήστρας πριαμένοις Σωκράτους καταγελᾶν, ἐὰν προσποιῆται ἑαυτοῦ εἶναι, ἄλλως τε ΑΥ̓͂ φ 49 3 φ A , e ’ καὶ οὕτως ἄτοπα ὄντα. adr ὦ πρὸς Atos, οὑτωσί σοι 25 δοκῶ; οὐδένα νομίζω θεὸν εἶναι; Οὐ μέντοι μὰ Δί᾽ οὐδ᾽ ὁπωστιοῦν. "Απιστός γ᾽ εἶ, ὦ Μέλητε, καὶ ταῦτα μέντοι, ὡς ἐμοὶ δοκεῖς, σαυτῷ. ἐμοὶ γὰρ δοκεῖ οὑτοσί, ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, πάνυ εἶναι ὑβριστὴς καὶ ἀκόλα- 27 στος, καὶ ἀτεχνῶς τὴν γραφὴν ταύτην ὕβρει τινὶ καὶ 30 6 τοῖς ἀνδράσι considered spurious by Cobet V. L. p. 800. 26 δοκῶ; and νομίζω are the readings of the Bodl.: the edd. omit the ; after δ. and read νομίζειν. 28 ἐμοὶ μὲν yap Bodl,:
but Bekk. Stallb. and the other edd. omit μὲν on the authority of many good mss.
16 NAATQNOS
ἀκολασίᾳ καὶ νεότητε γράψασθαι. ἔοικε γὰρ ὥσπερ αἴνυγμα ξυντιθέντι διαπειρωμένῳ, dpa γνώσεται Σω- κράτης ὁ σοφὸς δὴ ἐμοῦ χαριεντιζομένου καὶ ἐναντί᾽ ἐμαυτῷ λέγοντος, ἢ ἐξαπατήσω αὐτὸν καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους 5 τοὺς ἀκούοντας ; οὗτος γὰρ ἐμοὶ φαίνεταε τὰ ἐναντία λέγειν αὐτὸς ἑαυτῷ ἐν τῇ γραφῇ, ὥσπερ av εἰ εἴποι᾽ ἀδικεῖ Σωκράτης θεοὺς οὐ νομίζων, ἀλλὰ θεοὺς vopi- ἕων. καίτοι τοῦτό ἐστι παίζοντος. XV. ἘΞυνεπισκέψασθε δή, ὦ ἄνδρες, ἧ μοι φαίνε- 10 Tat ταῦτα eye’ σὺ δὲ ἡμῖν ἀπόκριναι, ὦ Μέλητε, ὑμεῖς δέ, ὅπερ Kat ἀρχὰς ὑμᾶς παρῃτησάμην, μέ- B μνησθέ μοι μὴ θορυβεῖν, ἐὰν ἐν τῷ εἰωθότι τρόπῳ τοὺς λόγους ποιῶμαι. ἔστιν ὅστις ἀνθρώπων, ὦ Μέλητε, ἀνθρώπεια μὲν νομίζει πράγματ᾽ εἶναι, ἀνθρώπους δὲ 15 οὐ νομίζει; ἀποκρινέσθω, ὦ ἄνδρες, καὶ μὴ ἄλλα καὶ ἄλλα θορυβείτω ἔσθ᾽ ὅστις ἵππους μὲν οὐ νομίζει εἶναι, ἱππικὰ δὲ πράγματα; ἢ αὐλητὰς μὲν οὐ νομίζει εἶναι, αὐλητικὰ δὲ πράγματα; οὐκ ἔστιν, ὦ ἄριστε ἀνδρῶν' εἰ μὴ σὺ βούλει ἀποκρίνασθαι, ἐγὼ σοὶ λέγω 20 καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις τουτοισί, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἐπὶ τούτῳ γε ἀπό- κριναι" ἔσθ᾽ ὄστις δαιμόνια μὲν νομίζει πράγματ᾽ εἶναι, Ο δαίμονας δὲ οὐ νομίζει Οὐκ ἔστιν. ‘Os ὥνησας, ὅτι μόγις ἀπεκρίνω ὑπὸ τουτωνὶ ἀναγκαζόμενος. οὐκοῦν δαιμόνια μὲν φής με καὶ νομίζειν καὶ διδάσκειν, εἴτ᾽ 25 οὖν καινὰ εἴτε παλαιά" GAN οὖν δαιμόνιά ye νομέζω κατὰ τὸν σὸν λόγον, καὶ ταῦτα καὶ διωμόσω ἐν τῇ ἀντιγραφῇ. εἰ δὲ δαιμόνια νομίζω, καὶ δαίμονας δήπου πολλὴ ἀνάγκη νομίζειν μέ ἐστιν᾽ οὐχ οὕτως ἔχει; ἔχει δή" τίθημι γάρ σε ὁμολογοῦντα, ἐπειδὴ οὐκ ἀποκρίφει. 2 ξυντιθέντι καὶ διαπειρωμένῳ Bekk.: but καὶ is om. in the best mss. 6 αὐτῷ Bekk.: ἑαυτῷ Bodl. ef added above the line by τη. 2 in the Bodl.: ef. 10, 9. 9 δή the best mss.: δέ Bekk
17 νομίζει εἶναι Bodl.: εἶναι om. by Bekk. with many maz. of ] value. 48 péBodL: ἐμέ Bekk. with three mss. 7 μὰ
ATIOAOTIA ΣΩΚΡΑΤΟΥ͂Σ. 17
D τοὺς δὲ δαίμονας οὐχὶ ἥτοι θεούς γε ἡγούμεθα ἢ θεῶν παῖδας; φὴς ἢ οὔ; Tlavy γε. Οὐκοῦν εἴπερ δαίμονας ἡγοῦμαι, ὡς σὺ φής, εἰ μὲν θεοί τινές εἰσιν οἱ δαίμονες,
na > & ΝΜ “a 3 , 9 2 Ν [4 τοῦτ᾽ ἂν εἴη ὃ ἐγώ φημί σε αἰνίττεσθαι καὶ χαριεντί- ζεσθαι, θεοὺς οὐχ ἡγούμενον φάναι ἐμὲ θεοὺς αὖ ἡγεῖ- 5 σθαι πάλιν, ἐπειδήπερ γε δαίμονας ἡγοῦμαι" εἰ δ᾽ αὖ
e A ABs > a , a 3 ~ οἱ δαίμονες θεῶν παῖδές εἰσι νόθοι τινὲς ἢ ἐκ νυμφῶν ἢ ἔκ τινων ἄλλων, ὧν δὴ καὶ λέγονται, τίς ἂν ἀνθρώ- πων θεῶν μὲν παῖδας ἡγοῖτο εἶναι, θεοὺς δὲ μή; ὁμοίως
N A w Ν of a Ψ A yap ἂν ἄτοπον εἴη, ὥσπερ ἂν εἴ τις ἵππων μὲν παῖδας το
E ἡγοῖτο 7 καὶ ὄνων [τοὺς ἡμιόνους,) ἕππους δὲ καὶ ὄνους μὴ ἡγοῖτο εἶναι. ἀλλ᾽, ὦ Μέλητε, οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως σὺ ταῦτα οὐχὶ ἀποπειρώμενος ἡμῶν ἐγράψω τὴν γραφὴν ταύτην ἢ ἀπορῶν ὅ,τι ἐγκαλοῖς ἐμοὶ ἀληθὲς ἀδίκημα: ὅπως δὲ σύ τινα πείθοις ἂν καὶ σμικρὸν γοῦν νοῦν 15 ἔχοντα ἀνθρώπων, ὡς [ov] τοῦ αὐτοῦ ἐστι καὶ δαιμόνια καὶ θεῖα ἡγεῖσθαι, καὶ αὖ τοῦ αὐτοῦ μήτε δαίμονας μήτε
28 θεοὺς μήτε ἥρωας, οὐδεμία μηχανή ἐστιν.
ΧΥ͂Ι. ᾿Αλλὰ γάρ, ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, ὡς μὲν ἐγὼ οὐκ ἀδικῶ κατὰ τὴν Μελήτου γραφήν, οὐ πολλῆς μοι 20 δοκεῖ εἶναε ἀπολογίας, GAN ἱκανὰ καὶ ταῦτα" ὃ δὰ καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἔμπροσθεν ἔλεγον, Gre πολλή μοι ἀπέχθεια γέ- yove καὶ πρὸς πολλούς, εὖ ἴστε ὅτι ἀληθές ἐστι. καὶ τοῦτ᾽ ἔστιν ὃ ἐμὲ αἱρήσει, ἐάνπερ αἱρῇ, οὐ Μέλητος οὐδὲ "Avutos, GAN ἡ τῶν πολλῶν διωβολή τε καὶ φθό- 25 νος. ἃ δὴ πολλοὺς καὶ ἄλλους καὶ ἀγαθοὺς ἄνδρας
Β ἥρηκεν, οἶμαι δὲ καὶ αἱρήσειν" οὐδὲν δὲ δεινὸν μὴ ἐν ἐμοὶ στῇ. ἴσως δ᾽ ἂν οὖν εἴποι ris εἶτ᾽ οὐκ αἰσχύνει,
11 τοὺς ἡμιόνους pronounced spurious by Baumlein. 13 Thy γραφὴν ταύτην considered to be spurious by Cron and others: but see exeg. comm. 15 γοῦν though om. in the edd. is now given on the authority of the Bodl, ms. 16 ov is om. in some
mss. and by the old editors, though given by the Bodl.: see note. ἀνδρός is added after αὐτοῦ in some mss. and retained by Bekk.;
W. P. 2
18 MNAATONO>
φ ὦ Σώκρατες, τοιοῦτον ἐπιτήδευμα ἐπιτηδεύσας, ἐξ οὗ a 9 σὰ > ‘ X\ ’ a ’ κινδυνεύεις νυνὶ ἀποθανεῖν; ἐγὼ δὲ τούτῳ ἂν δίκαιον λόγον ἀντείποιμει, ὅτι οὐ καλῶς λέγεις, ὦ ἄνθρωπε, εἰ οἴει δεῖν κίνδυνον ὑπολογίζεσθαι τοῦ ζῆν ἢ τεθνάναι 5 ἄνδρα ὅτου τι καὶ σμικρὸν ὄφελός ἐστιν, ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἐκεῖνο μόνον σκοπεῖν, ὅταν πράττῃ τι, πότερον δίκαια a 10. 4 ὶ 4 ὃ ‘ 9 θ »ἮΡΝ a fe) ἢ ἄδικα πράττει, Kal ἀνδρὸς ἀγαθοῦ ἔργα ἢ κακοῦ. φαῦλοι γὰρ ἂν τῷ γε σῷ λόγῳ εἶεν τῶν ἡμιθέων ὅσοι C 3 , Ὁ ψ' έ ” , ἐν Τροίᾳ τετελευτήκασιν of Te ἄλλοι Kal ὁ τῆς Θέτιδος 10 υἱός, ὃς τοσοῦτον τοῦ κινδύνου κατεφρόνησε παρὰ τὸ αἰσχρόν τι ὑπομεῖναι, ὥστε ἐπειδὴ εἶπεν ἡ μήτηρ αὐτῷ προθυμουμένῳ “Extopa ἀποκτεῖναι, θεὸς οὖσα, οὑτωσί ς 4 A e a 3 , “ A πως, ὡς ἐγὼ οἶμαι" ὦ παῖ, εἰ τιμωρήσεις Πατρόκλῳ τῷ ς ’ t ΔΩ 9 a 9 tJ ἑταίρῳ τὸν φόνον καὶ Exropa ἀποκτενεῖς, αὐτὸς atro- 15 Pavel’ αὐτίκα γάρ τοι, φησί, μεθ᾽ “Extopa πότμος ἑτοῖμος" ὁ δὲ ταῦτ᾽ ἀκούσας τοῦ μὲν θανάτου καὶ τοῦ κινδύνου ὠλιγώρησε, πολὺ δὲ μᾶλλον δείσας τὸ Gv D κακὸς ὧν καὶ τοῖς φίλοις μὴ τιμωρεῖν, αὐτίκα, φησί, τεθναίην δίκην ἐπιθεὶς τῷ ἀδικοῦντι, ἵνα μὴ ἐνθάδε 20 μένω καταγέλαστος παρὰ νηυσὶ κορωνίσιν ἄχθος ἀρού- ρης. μὴ αὐτὸν οἴει φροντίσαι θανάτου καὶ κινδύνου; οὕτω γὰρ ἔχει, ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, τῇ ἀληθείᾳ οὗ ἄν e 4 4 a ¢ a , 9 a ὃ 9 τις ἑαυτὸν τάξῃ ἢ ἡγησάμενος βέλτιστον εἶναι ἢ UIT Ν a 3 a ae 9 V4 a L ἄρχοντος ταχθῇ, ἐνταῦθα δεῖ, as ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ, μένοντα 25 κινδυνεύειν, μηδὲν ὑπολογιζόμενον μήτε θάνατον μήτε ἄλλο μηδὲν πρὸ τοῦ αἰσχροῦ. : ? A 9 : VA ” » XVII. Ἐγὼ οὖν δεινὰ ἂν εἴην εἰργασμένος, ὦ av- 3 a 3 4 ev ΝΜ a Spes ᾿Αθηναῖοι, el, ὅτε μέν He οἱ ἄρχοντες ἔταττον, ods Ἐ; ΚΟΥ ? ὑμεῖς εἵλεσθε ἄρχειν μου, καὶ ἐν Ποτιδαίᾳ καὶ ἐν Ap- 4 . \ 9" 4 φ 3 A Ν 30 φιπόλει καὶ ἐπὶ Δηλίῳ, τότε μὲν οὗ ἐκεῖνοι ἔταττον the Bodl. and other good mss. omit it. 6 πράττῃ τι only one ms.: τί is om, in all others. 13 ἐγῴῷμαι the edd. against the
Bodl.: cf. 21,11. 23.4 is expunged by one of the correctors in the Bodl.: but see exeg. comm. βέλτιστον Bodl. and nearly all
ATIOAOTIA ZOKPATOTS. 19
ἔμενον ὥσπερ καὶ ἄλλος τις καὶ ἐκινδύνευον ἀποθανεῖν, τοῦ δὲ θεοῦ τάττοντος, ὡς ἐγὼ φήθην τε καὶ ὑπέλαβον, φιλοσοφοῦντά με δεῖν ζῆν καὶ ἐξετάζοντα ἐμαυτὸν καὶ 29 τοὺς ἄλλους, ἐνταῦθα δὲ φοβηθεὶς ἢ θάνατον 4 ἄλλο € aA ' oa : \ / . , 98 Ν ὁτιοῦν πρᾶγμα λίποιμε τὴν τάξιν. δεινὸν μέντ᾽ ἂν ein, § καὶ ὡς ἀληθῶς τότ᾽ ἄν με δικαίως εἰσάγοι τις εἰς δικα- στήριον, ὅτι οὐ νομίζω θεοὺς elvas ἀπειθῶν τῇ μαντείᾳ καὶ δεδιὼς θάνατον καὶ οἰόμενος σοφὸς εἶναι οὐκ ὧν. A U ’ ἢ Φ PON ΝΜ τὸ γάρ Tot θάνατον δεδιέναι, ὦ ἄνδρες, οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἐστὶν ἢ δοκεῖν σοφὸν εἶναι μὴ ὄντα" δοκεῖν γὰρ εἰδέναι 10 4 Ἁ Δ 3 9 A A 9 ‘ A ’ ἐστὶν ἃ οὐκ οἶδεν. olde μὲν γὰρ οὐδεὶς τὸν θάνατον οὐδ᾽ εἰ τυγχάνει τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ πάντων μέγιστον ὃν τῶν Β ἀγαθῶν, δεδίασι δ᾽ ὡς εὖ εἰδότες ὅτι μέγιστον τῶν κακῶν ἐστί, καὶ τοῦτο πῶς οὐκ ἀμαθία ἐστὶν αὕτη ἡ ἐπονείδιστος ἡ τοῦ οἴεσθαι εἰδέναι ἃ οὐκ οἶδεν; ἐγὼ 8, 15 ὦ ἄνδρες, τούτῳ καὶ ἐνταῦθα ἴσως διαφέρω τῶν πολ- λῶν ἀνθρώπων, καὶ εἰ δή τῳ σοφώτερός τον φαίην εἶναι, τούτῳ ἄν, ὅτι οὐκ εἰδὼς ἱκανῶς περὶ τῶν ἐν“ Al- δου οὕτω καὶ οἴομαι οὐκ εἰδέναι" τὸ δὲ ἀδικεῖν καὶ ἀπευ- θεῖν τῷ βελτίονι, καὶ θεῷ καὶ ἀνθρώπῳ, ὅτι κακὸν καὶ 20 αἰσχρόν ἐστιν οἶδα. πρὸ οὖν τῶν κακῶν, ὧν οἶδα ὅτι κακά ἐστιν, ἃ μὴ οἶδα εἰ ἀγαθὰ ὄντα τυγχάνει οὐδέ- a 9 , a 30. (el σ΄ ποτε φοβήσομαι οὐδὲ φεύξομαι' ὥστε οὐδ᾽ εἴ με νῦν C ὑμεῖς ἀφίετε᾿Ανύτῳ ἀπιστήσαντες, ὃς ἔφη ἢ τὴν ἀρχὴν οὐ δεῖν ἐμὲ δεῦρο εἰσελθεῖν ἤ, ἐπειδὴ εἰσῆλθον, οὐχ 25 , 4 ‘ 4 vad , \ e " ε οἷόν τ᾽ εἶναι τὸ μὴ ἀποκτεῖναί με, λέγων πρὸς ὑμᾶς ὡς, εἰ διαφευξοίμην, ἤδη ἂν ὑμῶν οἱ υἱεῖς ἐπιτηδεύοντες ἃ Σωκράτης διδάσκει πάντες παντάπασι διαφθαρήσον-
good mss.: βέλτιον Bekk. with $8. δ μέντ᾽ ἂν Bodl. marg. and most mss.: τὰν Bodl, m. 1 and II@DS8. 15 δ᾽ Bodl.: δέ edd. 19 καὶ τὸ ἀπειθεῖν Bekk. against the Bodl. 23 φοβη- θήσομαι Bekk. with four mss, φοβήσομαι Bodl. and most other mss. 26 οἷον re Cron; but Bodl.has7. 38 παντάπασιν Bekk.
2—2
20 ΠΛΑΤΩΝΟΣ
Tat,—el μοι πρὸς ταῦτα εἴποιτε᾽ ὦ Σώκρατες, νῦν μὲν ᾿Ανύτῳ οὐ πεισόμεθα, ἀλλ᾽ ἀφίεμέν σε, ἐπὶ τούτῳ μέν- Tol, ἐφ᾽ ᾧτε μηκέτι ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ ζητήσει διατρίβειν μηδὲ φιλοσοφεῖν' ἐὰν δὲ ἁλῷς ἔτι τοῦτο πράττων, ἀπο-
5 θανεῖ: εἰ οὖν με, ὅπερ εἶπον, ἐπὶ τούτοις ἀφίοιτε, εἴποιμ᾽ ἂν ὑμῖν ὅτι ἀγὼ ὑμᾶς, ὦ ἀνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, ἀσπάξομαι D μὲν καὶ φιλῶ, πείσομαι δὲ μᾶλλον τῷ θεῷ ἢ ὑμῖν, καὶ ἕωσπερ ἂν ἐμπνέω καὶ οἷός τε ὦ, οὐ μὴ παύσωμαι φι- λοσοφῶν καὶ ὑμῖν παρακέλευόμενός τε καὶ ἐνδεικνύμε-
10 vos ὅτῳ dy ἀεὶ ἐντυγχάνω ὑμῶν, λέγων οἷάπερ εἴωθα, ὅτι ὦ ἄριστε ἀνδρῶν, ᾿Αθηναῖος ὦν, πόλεως τῆς μεγί- στης καὶ εὐδοκιμωτάτης εἰς σοφίαν καὶ ἰσχύν, χρημά- των μὲν οὐκ αἰσχύνει ἐπιμελούμενος, ὕπως σοι ἔσται Kf ὡς πλεῖστα, καὶ δόξης καὶ τιμῆς, φρονήσεως δὲ καὶ
15 ἀληθείας καὶ τῆς ψυχῆς, ὅπως ὡς βελτίστη ἔσται, οὐκ ἐπιμελεῖ οὐδὲ φροντίζεις; καὶ ἐάν τις ὑμῶν ἀμφισβητῇ καὶ φῇ ἐπιμελεῖσθαι, οὐκ εὐθὺς ἀφήσω αὐτὸν ovd ἄπειμι, ἀλλ᾽ ἐρήσομαι αὐτὸν καὶ ἐξετάσω καὶ ἐλέγξω, καὶ ἐάν μοι μὴ δοκῇ κεκτῆσθαι ἀρετήν, φάναι δέ, ὀνει-
20 διῶ ὅτε τὰ πλείστου ἄξια περὶ ἐλαχίστου ποιεῖται, τὰ δὲ φαυλότερα περὶ πλείονος. ταῦτα καὶ νεωτέρῳ καὶ 30 πρεσβυτέρῳ, ὅτῳ ἂν ἐντυγχάνω, ποιήσω, καὶ ξένῳ καὶ ἀστῷ, μᾶλλον δὲ τοῖς ἀστοῖς, ὅσῳ μου ἐγγυτέρω ἐστὲ γένει. ταῦτα γὰρ κελεύει ὃ θεός, εὖ ἴστε, καὶ ἐγὼ οἵομαι
25 οὐδέν πω ὑμῖν μεῖζον ἀγαθὸν γενέσθαι ἐν τῇ πόλει ἣ τὴν ἐμὴν τῷ θεῷ ὑπηρεσίαν. οὐδὲν γὰρ ἄλλο πράττων ἐγὼ περιέρχομαι ἣ πείθων ὑμῶν καὶ νεωτέρους καὶ πρεσβυτέρους μήτε σωμάτων ἐπιμελεῖσθαι μήτε χρη- μάτων πρότερον μηδὲ οὕτω σφόδρα ὡς τῆς ψυχῆς, Β
3οὕπως ὡς ἀρίστη ἔσται, λέγων ὅτε οὐκ ἐκ χρημάτων 8 παύσωμαι Bodl. and most other mss.: παύσομαι Bekk.
13 ἐπιμελούμενος Bodl.: ἐπιμελόμενος Bekk, 16 ἀμφισβητῇ Bodl.: ἀμφισβητήσῃ Bekk. 80. ὅτι om. Boil.
AIIOAOTIA ΣΩΚΡΑΤΟΥ͂Σ. 21
ἀρετὴ γύγνεται, ἀλλ᾽ ἐξ ἀρετῆς χρήματα καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ἀγαθὰ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἄπαντα καὶ ἰδίᾳ καὶ δημοσίᾳ. εἰ μὲν οὖν ταῦτα λέγων διαφθείρω τοὺς νέους, ταῦτ᾽ av εἴη βλαβερά’ εἰ δέ τίς μέ φησιν ἄλλα λέγειν ἢ ταῦτα, οὐδὲν λέγει. πρὸς ταῦτα, φαίην ἄν, ὦ ᾿Αθηναῖοι, ἣ πείθεσθε ᾿Ανύτῳ ἣ μή, καὶ ἣ ἀφίετε ἢ μὴ ἀφίετε, ὡς
C ἐμοῦ οὐκ ἂν ποιήσοντος ἄλλα, οὐδ᾽ εἰ μέλλω πολλάκις τεθνάναι.
ΧΥΠΙ. Μὴ θορυβεῖτε, ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, ἀλλ᾽ ἐμμείνωτέ μοι οἷς ἐδεήθην ὑμῶν, μὴ θορυβεῖν, ἐφ᾽ οἷς ἂν λέγω, GAN ἀκούειν᾽ καὶ γάρ, ὡς ἐγὼ οἶμαι, ὀνήσεσθε ἀκούοντες. μέλλω γὰρ οὖν ἄττα ὑμῖν ἐρεῖν καὶ ἄλλα, ἐφ᾽ οἷς ἴσως βοήσεσθε' ἀλλὰ μηδαμῶς ποιεῖτε τοῦτο. εὖ γὰρ ἴστε, ἐὰν ἐμὲ ἀποκτείνητε τοιοῦτον ὄντα, οἷον ἐγὼ λέγω, οὐκ ἐμὲ μείξω βλάψετε ἢ ὑμᾶς αὐτούς" ἐμὲ μὲν γὰρ οὐδὲν av βλάψειεν οὔτε Μέλητος οὔτε “Avu-
D tos" οὐδὲ γὰρ ay δύναιτο᾽ ov γὰρ οἴομαι θεμιτὸν εἶναι ἀμείνονι ἀνδρὶ ὑπὸ χείρονος βλάπτεσθαι. ἀποκτείνειε μέντ᾽ ἂν ἴσως ἣ ἐξελάσειεν 4 ἀτιμώσειεν' ἀλλὰ ταῦτα
οὗτος μὲν ἴσως οἴεται καὶ ἄλλος τίς που μεγάλα κακά, 20
ἐγὼ δ᾽ οὐκ οἴομαι, ἀλλὰ πολὺ μᾶλλον ποιεῖν ἃ οὗτος νυνὶ ποιεῖ, ἄνδρα ἀδίκως ἐπιχειρεῖν ἀποκτιννύναι. νῦν οὖν, ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, πολλοῦ δέω ἐγὼ ὑπὲρ ἐμαυ- τοῦ ἀπολογεῖσθαι, ὥς τις ἄν οἴοιτο, GAN ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν, μή τι ἐξαμάρτητε περὶ τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ δόσιν ὑμῖν ἐμοῦ E καταψηφισάμενοι. ἐὰν γὰρ ἐμὲ ἀποκτείνητε, οὐ ῥᾳ- δίως ἄλλον τοιοῦτον εὑρήσετε, ἀτεχνῶς, εἰ καὶ γελοιό- 1 τἄλλα the edd. against the Bodl. δ ὦ ἄ»δρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι Bekk.: but ἄνδρες is om. in the Bodl. and five other mas. 6 ἀφίετέ με Bekk.: but με om. Bodl. and five other mes. 9 ὦ ἄνδρες AO, Bakk.: ὦ om. Bodl. and three other mss. 12 ἐρεῖν ὑμῖν Bekk.: ὑμῖν ἐρεῖν Bodl. and three other mss. 17 οἶμαι Bekk.: οἴομαι Bodl. and five other mss. 19 ἀτιμάσειεν the mes. ;
oe notes and Cobet N. L. p. 751. 20 μὲν is in the B
25
TO
ot wn
20
25
22 . ΠΛΑΤΩΝΟΣ
᾽ A a in - e a A τερον εἰπεῖν, προσκείμενον τῇ πόλει ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ, ὥσπερ ἵππῳ μεγάλῳ μὲν καὶ γενναίῳ, ὑπὸ μεγέθους δὲ νωθεστέρῳ καὶ δεομένῳ ἐγείρεσθαι ὑπὸ μύωππός
é a a e A 9 8 a ’ τινος" οἷον δή μοι δοκεῖ ὁ θεὸς ἐμὲ τῇ πόλει προστε- θεικέναι τοιοῦτόν τινα, ὃς ὑμᾶς ἐγείρων καὶ πείθων καὶ 49 Ψ LANE , N e ’ ¢q ὀνειδίξων ἕνα ἕκαστον οὐδὲν παύομαι τὴν ἡμέραν ὅλην “πανταχοῦ προσκαθίζων. τοιοῦτος οὖν ἄλλος οὐ ῥᾳδίως ὑμῖν γενήσεται, ὦ ἄνδρες, ἀλλ᾽ ἐὰν ἐμοὶ πείθησθε,
ΔΙ ; e κι 3 - f OFA > hd 4 φείσεσθέ pov’ ὑμεῖς δ᾽ ἴσως τάχ᾽ av ἀχθόμενοι, ὥσπερ οἱ νυστάζοντες ἀγειρόμενοι, κρούσαντες ἄν με, πειθό- μενοι ᾿Ανύτῳ, ῥᾳδίως ἂν ἀποκτείναιτε, εἶτα τὸν λοιπὸν βίον καθεύδοντες διατελοῖτ᾽ ἄν, εἰ μή τινα ἄλλον ὁ θεὸς ὑμῖν ἐπιπέμψειε κηδόμενος ὑμῶν. ὅτι δ᾽ ἐγὼ τυγχάνω ὧν τοιοῦτος, οἷος ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ τῇ πόλει δε- δόσθαι, ἐνθένδε ἂν κατανοήσαιτε' οὐ γὰρ ἀνθρωπίνῳ ἔοικε τὸ ἐμὲ τῶν μὲν ἐμαυτοῦ ἁπάντων ἠμεληκέναι καὶ »», a 3 , 9 : Ld a Ww 2, ἀνέχεσθαι τῶν οἰκείων ἀμελουμένων τοσαῦτα ἤδη ἔτη, τὸ δὲ ὑμέτερον πράττειν ἀεί, ἰδίᾳ ἑκάστῳ προσιόντα ὥσπερ Tatépa ἢ ἀδελφὸν πρεσβύτερον, πείθοντα ἐπι- μελεῖσθαι ἀρετῆς. καὶ εἰ μέντοι τι ἀπὸ τούτων ἀπέ- λαυον καὶ μισθὸν λαμβάνων ταῦτα παρεκελευόμην, εἶχον ἄν τινα λόγον᾽ νῦν δὲ ὁρᾶτε δὴ καὶ αὐτοί, ὅτι οἱ κατήγοροι τἄλλα πάντα ἀναισχύντως οὕτω κατηγο- ροῦντες τοῦτό γε ovy οἷοί τε ἐγένοντο ἀπαναισχυν- τῆσαι, παρασχόμενοι μάρτυρα, ὡς ἐγώ ποτέ τινα 7 ? 4 A Aa Ψ 6 ‘ Φ ἐπραξάμην μισθὸν ἢ ἤτησα. ἱκανὸν yap, οἶμαι, ἐγὼ
’ A ’ ς 3 a “ A παρέχομαι Toy μάρτυρα, ὡς ἀληθῆ λέγω, THY πενίαν.
XIX. Ἴσως ἂν οὖν δόξειεν ἄτοπον εἶναι, ὅτι δὴ ἐγὼ ἰδίᾳ μὲν ταῦτα ξυμβουλεύω περιιὼν καὶ πολυ-
40 πραγμονῶ, δημοσίᾳ δὲ οὐ τολμῶ ἀναβαίνων εἰς τὸ
90 μέν τι (without τοῦ) Cobet V. L. p. 800. 417. ἀληθῆ ὡς Cron and Riddell, against the Bodl. 29 πολυπραγμοφών Beck. : I follow the Bodl.
3l
B
C
ATIOAOTIA ZOKPATOTS, 23
“πλῆθος τὸ ὑμέτερον ξυμβουλεύειν τῇ πόλει. τούτον δὲ αἴτιόν ἐστιν ὃ ὑμεῖς ἐμοῦ πολλάκις ἀκηκόατε πολ»
D λαχοῦ λέγοντος, ὅτι μοι θεῖόν τι καὶ δαιμόνιον γύγνε- ται [φωνή], ὃ δὴ καὶ ἐν τῇ γραφῇ ἐπικωμῳδῶν Μέλη- Tos ἐγράψατο" ἐμοὶ δὲ τοῦτ᾽ ἐστὶν ἐκ παιδὸς ἀρξάμενον 5 φωνή τις γυγνομένη, ἣ ὅταν γένηται, ἀεὶ ἀποτρέπει με τοῦτο ὃ av μέλλω πράττειν, προτρέπει δὲ οὔποτε' τοῦτ᾽ ἔστιν ὅ μοι ἐναντιοῦται τὰ πολιτικὰ πράττειι. καὶ παγκάλως γ᾽ ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ ἐναντιοῦσθαι εὖ γὰρ ἴστε, ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, εἰ ἐγὼ πάλαι ἐπεχείρησα πράτ- το τειν τὰ πολιτικὰ πράγματα, πάλαι ἂν ἀπολώλη καὶ
Εἰ οὔτ᾽ ἂν ὑμᾶς ὠφελήκη οὐδὲν οὔτ᾽ ἂν ἐμαυτόν. . καί μοι μὴ ἄχθεσθε λέγοντι τἀληθῆ" οὐ γὰρ ἔστιν ὅστις ἀν- θρώπων σωθήσεται οὔτε ὑμῖν οὔτε ἄλλῳ πλήθει οὐδενὶ γνησίως ἐναντιούμενος καὶ διακωλύων πολλὰ ἄδικα 15
92 καὶ παράνομα ἐν τῇ πόλει γύγνεσθαι, ἀλλ᾽ ἀνωγκαῖόν ἐστι τὸν τῷ ὄντι μαχούμενον ὑπὲρ τοῦ δικαίου, καὶ εἰ μέλλει ὀλέγον χρόνον σωθήσεσθαι, ἰδιωτεύειν, ἀλλὰ μὴ δημοσιεύειν.
XX. Μεγάλα δ᾽ ἔγωγε ὑμῖν τεκμήρια παρέξομαι 20 τούτων, οὐ λόγους, ἀλλ᾽ ὃ ὑμεῖς τιμᾶτε, ἔργα. ἀκού- cate δή μου τὰ ἐμοὶ ξυμβεβηκότα, ἵν᾽ εἰδῆτε ὅτι οὐδ᾽ ἄν ἑνὶ ὑπεικάθοιμι παρὰ τὸ δίκαιον δείσας θάνατον, μὴ ὑπείκων δὲ ἅμα καὶ ἅμα ἂν ἀπολοίμην. ἐρῶ δὲ ὑμῖν φορτικὰ μὲν καὶ δικανικά, ἀληθῆ δέ. ἐγὼ γάρ, ὦ 25 ᾿Αθηναῖοι, ἄλλην μὲν ἀρχὴν οὐδεμίαν πώποτε ἦρξα ἐν
Bri πόλει, ἐβούλευσα δέ: καὶ ἔτυχεν ἡμῶν ἡ φυλὴ 4 φωνή considered spurious by ‘vir quidam doctus apud For- sterum,’ 8 τοῦτο BodL: τούτου Bekk. and nearly all editors.
9 γέ μοι Bodl. 10 πάλας considered spurious by Cobet V. L. p. 800, N. L. p. 214. 12 καί μοι μὴ Bekk. without a note: καὶ μή μοι Hermann comparing Phaed. 105, 8. But Riddell justly observes that καί μοι is 8 common commencement of a sentence in the Orators. 94 ἅμ᾽ ἂν Bekk.: I follow the Bodl. 26 dvdpes
᾽Αθ. Bekk.: but ἄνδρες is om. in the Bodl, 27 φυλὴ Bodl. marg., βουλὴ the text.
24 . ΠΛΑΤΩΝΟΣ
[Δντιοχὶς] πρυτανεύουσα, ὅτε ὑμεῖς τοὺς δέκα στρατο ᾿ηγοὺς τοὺς οὐκ ἀνελομένους τοὺς ἐκ τῆς ναυμαχίας, ἐβούλεσθε ἀθρόους κρίνειν, παρανόμως, ὡς ἐν τῷ ὑστέρῳ χρόνῳ πᾶσιν ὑμῖν ἔδοξε. τότ᾽ ἐγὼ μόνος τῶν 5 πρυτάνεων ἠναντιώθην μηδὲν ποιεῖν παρὰ τοὺς νόμους [καὶ ἐναντία ἐψηφισάμην), καὶ ἑτοίμων ὄντων ἐνδεικ- νύναι με καὶ ἀπάγειν τῶν ῥητόρων, καὶ ὑμῶν κέλευόν- τῶν καὶ βοώντων, μετὰ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τοῦ δικαίου ᾧμην μᾶλλόν με δεῖν διακινδυνεύειν 7 μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν γενέ- C 10 σθαι μὴ δίκαια βουλευομένων, φοβηθέντα δεσμὸν ἣ θάνατον. καὶ ταῦτα μὲν ἦν ἔτι δημοκρατουμένης τῆς πόλεως" ἐπειδὴ δὲ ὀλυγαρχία ἐγένετο, οἱ τριάκοντα αὖ μεταπεμψάμενοί με πέμπτον αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν θόλον προσ- ἔταξαν ἀγαγεῖν ἐκ Σαλαμῖνος Λέοντα τὸν Σαλαμίψιον, 15 jy’ ἀποθάνοι' οἷα δὴ καὶ ἄλλοις ἐκεῖνοι πολλοῖς πολλὰ προσέταττον, βουλόμενοι ὡς πλείστους ἀναπλῆσαι αἷ- τιῶν' τότε μέντοι ἐγὼ οὐ λόγῳ ἀλλ᾽ ἔργῳ αὖ ἐνεδειξά- μην, ὅτι ἐμοὶ θανάτου μὲν μέλει, εἰ μὴ ὠγροικότερον D ἦν εἰπεῖν, οὐδ᾽ ὁτιοῦν, τοῦ δὲ μηδὲν ἄδικον μηδ᾽ ἀνό- 20 σίον ἐργάξεσθαι, τούτου δὲ τὸ πᾶν μέλει. ἐμὲ γὰρ ἐκείνη ἡ ἀρχὴ οὐκ ἐξέπληξεν οὕτως ἰσχυρὰ οὖσα, ὥστε ἄδικόν τι ἐργάσασθαι, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ ἐκ τῆς θόλου ἐξήλθομεν, οἱ μὲν τέτταρες ᾧχοντο εἰς Σαλαμῖνα καὶ ἤγαγον Λέοντα, ἐγὼ δὲ ὠχόμην ἀπιὼν οἴκαδε. καὶ 25 tows ἂν διὰ ταῦτ᾽ ἀπέθανον, εἰ μὴ ἡ ἀρχὴ διὰ ταχέων κατελύθη" καὶ τούτων ὑμῖν ἔσονται πολλοὶ μάρτυρες. ΧΧΙ, *Ap’ οὖν ay με οἴεσθε τοσάδε ἔτη διωγενέ- σθαι, εἰ ἔπραττον τὰ δημόσια, καὶ πράττων ἀξίως ἀν-
1 ᾿Αντιοχὶς bracketed by Cobet V. L. p. 800, 849. 3 ἐβου- λεύσασθε Bekk.: ἐβούλεσθε Bodl. and five other mss. § ἡναντιώ- θην ὑμῖν Bekk.: but ὑμῖν om. Bodl. and two other mas, 6 The words καὶ ἐναντία ἐψηφισάμην bracketed by Hermann. 19 ἦν om. by Bekk. with only οἱ onems. 26 ὑμῖν Bekk. with the mas, : ὑμών Hermann cj.
ἈΠΟΛΟΓΊΑ ZSQKPATOTS, 35
ὑμεῖς δὲ ove ἠσθάνεσθε' καὶ χαλεπώτεροι ἔσονται ὅσῳ vewrepoé εἰσι, καὶ ὑμεῖς μᾶλλον ἀγανακτήσετε. εἰ γὰρ οἴεσθε ἀποκτείνοντες. ἀνθρώπους ἐπισχήσειν τοῦ ὀνειδίζειν τινὰ ὑμῖν ὅτι οὐκ ὀρθῶς ζῆτε, οὐκ ὀρθῶς δια- ς νοεῖσθε' οὐ γάρ ἐσθ᾽ αὕτη ἡ ἀπαλλαγὴ οὔτε πάνυ δυνατὴ οὔτε καλή, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκείνη καὶ καλλίστη καὶ ῥάστη, μὴ τοὺς ἄλλους κολούειν, ἀλλ᾽ ἑαυτὸν παρα- σκευάξειν ὅπως ἔσταε ὡς βέλτιστος. ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ὑμῖν τοῖς καταψηφισαμένοις μαντευσάμενος ἀπαλλάτ- 10 τομαι.
ΧΧΧῚ Tots δὲ ἀποψηφισαμένοις ἡδέως ἂν δια- E λεχθείην ὑπὲρ τοῦ γεγονότος τουτονὶ πράγματος, ἐν ᾧ οἱ ἄρχοντες ἀσχολίαν ἄγουσι καὶ οὔπω ἔρχομαε οἷ ἐλ- θόντα με δεῖ τεθνάναι. ἀλλά μοι, ὦ ἄνδρες, παρα-
1§ μείνατε τοσοῦτον χρόνον' οὐδὲν γὰρ κωλύει διαμυθο- λογῆσαι πρὸς ἀλλήλους, ἕως ἔξεστιν. ὑμῖν γὰρ ὡς 40 φίλοις οὖσιν ἐπιδεῖξαι ἐθέλω τὸ νυνί μοι ξυμβεβηκὸς τί ποτε νοεῖ. ἐμοὶ γάρ, ὦ ἄνδρες Sixacrai—vpas γὰρ δικαστὰς καλῶν ὀρθῶς ἂν καλοίην---θαυμάσιόν τι γέ-
20 γονεν. ἡ γὰρ εἰωθυῖά μοι μαντικὴ ἡ τοῦ δαιμονίου ἐν μὲν τῷ πρόσθεν χρόνῳ παντὶ πάνυ πυκνὴ ἀεὶ ἦν καὶ πτάνυ ἐπὶ σμικροῖς ἐναντιουμένη, εἴ τι μέλλοιμε μὴ ὀρθῶς πράξειν' νυνὶ δὲ ξυμβέβηκέ μοι, ἅπερ ὁρᾶτε καὶ αὐτοί, ταυτὶ ἅ γε δὴ οἰηθείη ἄν τις καὶ νομίζεται
25 ἔσχατα κακῶν εἶναι. ἐμοὶ δὲ οὔτε ἐξιόντι ἕωθεν οἴκο- B θεν ἠναντιώθη τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ σημεῖον, οὔτε ἡνίκα ἀνέ. βαινον ἐνταυθοῖ ἐπὶ τὸ δικαστήριον, οὔτ᾽ ἐν τῷ λόγῳ οὐδαμοῦ μέλλοντί τι ἐρεῖν' καίτοι ἐν ἄλλοις λόγοις πολλαχοῦ δή με ἐπέσχε λέγοντα μεταξύ' νῦν δὲ οὐ-
30 δαμοῦ περὶ αὐτὴν τὴν πρᾶξιν οὔτ᾽ ἐν ἔργῳ οὐδενὶ mas. read οἱόμενοί με, Hermann rightly added μέν. 4 od καλώς
Bekk.: οὐκ ὀρθῶς Bodl. and many other mas. 29 viv Bodl νυνὶ the edd, 80 αὐτὴν Bodl.: ταύτην the edd.
3—2
26 ΠΛΑΤΩΝΟΣ
καὶ ἀληθῆ ἐστι καὶ εὐέλεγκτα. εἰ γὰρ δὴ ἔγωγε τῶν νέων τοὺς μὲν διαφθείρω, τοὺς δὲ διέφθαρκα, χρὴν δήπου, εἴτε τινὲς αὐτῶν πρεσβύτεροι γενόμενοι ὄγνω- σαν ὅτι νέοις οὖσιν αὐτοῖς ἐγὼ κακὸν π᾿ώποτέ τι ξυνε- 5 βούλευσα, νυνὶ αὐτοὺς ἀναβαίνοντας ἐμοῦ κατηγορεῖν καὶ τιμωρεῖσθαι εἰ δὲ μὴ αὐτοὶ ἤθελον, τῶν οἰκείων τινὰς τῶν ἐκείνων, πατέρας καὶ ἀδελφοὺς καὶ ἄλλους τοὺς προσήκοντας, εἴπερ ὑπ᾽ ἐμοῦ τι κακὸν ἐπεπόνθε- σαν αὐτῶν οἱ οἰκεῖοι, νῦν μεμνῆσθαι. πάντως δὲ πάρει- 10 ow αὐτῶν πολλοὶ ἐνταυθοῖ, οἷς ἐγὼ ὁρῶ, πρῶτον μὲν Κρίτων οὑτοσί, ἐμὸς ἡλικιώτης καὶ δημότης, Ἰζριτο- βούλον τοῦδε πατήρ’ ἔπειτα Λυσανίας ὁ Σφήττιος, Αἰσχίνου τοῦδε πατήρ' ἔτι ᾿Αντιφῶν ὁ Κηφισιεὺς ov- τοσί, ᾿Επυγένους πατήρ' ἄλλοι τοίνυν οὗτοι, ὧν οἱ 15 ἀδελφοὶ ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ διατριβῇ γεγόνασι, Νικόστρατος, ὁ Θεοζοτίδου, ἀδελφὸς Θεοδότου----καὶ ὁ μὲν Θεόδοτος τετελεύτηκεν, ὥστε οὐκ ἂν ἐκεῖνός γε αὐτοῦ καταδεη- θείη----, καὶ Πάραλος ὅδε, ὁ Δημοδόκου, οὗ ἦν Θεάγης ἀδελφός" ὅδε δὲ ᾿Αδείμαντος, ὁ ᾿Αρίστωνος, οὗ ἀδελφὸς 20 οὑτοσὶ Πλάτων, καὶ Αἰαντόδωρος, οὗ ᾿Απολλόδωρος ὅδε ἀδελφός. καὶ ἄλλους πολλοὺς ἐγὼ ἔχω ὑμῖν εἰπεῖν, ὧν τινα ἐχρῆν μάλιστα μὲν ἐν τῷ ἑαυτοῦ λόγῳ παρα- σχέσθαι Μέλητον μάρτυρα' εἰ δὲ τότε ἐπελάθετο, νῦν παρασχέσθω, ἐγὼ παραχωρῶ, καὶ λεγέτω, εἴ τι ἔχει 25 τοιοῦτον. ἀλλὰ τούτου πᾶν τοὐναντίον εὑρήσετε, ὦ ἄνδρες, πάντας ἐμοὶ βοηθεῖν ἑτοίμους τῷ διαφθείροντι, τῷ κακὰ ἐργαζομένῳ τοὺς οἰκείους αὐτῶν, ὥς φασι Μέ- °AO. Bekk.: but ἄνδρες om. Bodl. and two other mas. 2 νέων Bodl. and other good mss.: νεωτέρων Bekk. 9 After μεμνῆσθαι the Bodl, and other mss, add καὶ τιμωρεῖσθαι, but as this is on the other hand omitted in many mss., Bekker saw that it was due to an interpolator. 13 ἔτι δ᾽ Bekk.: but δ᾽ om. Bodl. and
four other mss, 16 θεοΐοτίδου S: Θεοσδοτίδου Bekk. with nine mss.: Geofwrisov Bodl. and four others, 19 ὅδε τε Dekk. with
D
E
34
ATIOAOTIA SQKPATOTS. 57
λητος καὶ “Avuros. αὐτοὶ μὲν γὸρ οἱ διεφθαρμένοι τάχ᾽ ἂν λόγον ἔχοιεν βοηθοῦντες" οἱ δὲ ἀδιάφθαρτοι, πρεσβύτεροι ἤδη ἄνδρες, οἱ τούτων προσήκοντες, τίνα ἄλλον ἔχουσι λόγον βοηθοῦντες ἐμοὶ ἀλλ᾽ ἢ τὸν ὀρθόν τε καὶ δίκαιον, ὅτι ξυνίσασι Μελήτῳ μὲν ψευδομένῳ, 5 ἐμοὶ δὲ ἀληθεύοντι;
XXIII. Elev δή, ὦ ἄνδρες" ἃ μὲν ἐγὼ ἔχοιμ᾽ ἂν ἀπολογεῖσθαι, σχεδόν ἐστι ταῦτα καὶ ἄλλα ἴσως τοι- aita. τάχα δ᾽ ἄν τις ὑμῶν ἀγανακτήσειεν ἀναμνη-
C σθεὶς ἑαντοῦ, εἰ ὁ μὲν καὶ ἐλάττω τουτουὶ τοῦ ἀγῶνος 10 ayava ἀγωνιζόμενος ἐδεήθη τε καὶ ἱκέτενσε τοὺς δικα- στὰς μετὰ πολλῶν δακρύων, παιδία τε αὑτοῦ ἀναβιβα- σάμενος, ἵνα ὅτι μάλιστα ἐλεηθείη, καὶ ἄλλους τῶν οἰκείων καὶ φίλων πολλούς, ἐγὼ δὲ οὐδὲν ἄρα τούτων ποιήσω, καὶ ταῦτα κινδυνεύων, ὡς ἂν δόξαιμε, τὸν 15 ἔσχατον κίνδυνον. τάχ᾽ οὖν τις ταῦτα ἐννοήσας αὖθα- δέστερον ἂν πρός με σχοίη, καὶ ὀργισθεὶς αὐτοῖς τού- Tous θεῖτο ἂν μετ᾽ ὀργῆς τὴν ψῆφον. εἰ δή τις ὑμῶν
D οὕτως ἔχει,---οὐκ ἀξιῶ μὲν γὰρ ἔγωγε' εἰ δ᾽ οὖν, ἐπι- εἰκῇ ἄν μοι δοκῶ πρὸς τοῦτον λέγειν λέγων ὅτι ἐμοί, 20 ὦ ἄριστε, εἰσὶ μέν πού τινες καὶ οἰκεῖοι" καὶ γὰρ τοῦτο αὐτὸ τὸ τοῦ “Ομήρου, οὐδ᾽ ἐγὼ ἀπὸ δρνὸς οὐδ᾽ ἀπὸ πέ- τρης πέφυκα, adr ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, ὥστε καὶ οἰκεῖοί μοί εἰσι καὶ υἱεῖς, ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, τρεῖς, εἷς μὲν μειρά- κιον ἤδη, δύο δὲ παιδία' ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως οὐδένα αὐτῶν δεῦρο 25 ἀναβιβασάμενος δεήσομαι ὑμῶν ἀποψηφίσασθαι. τί δὴ οὖν οὐδὲν τούτων ποιήσω; οὐκ αὐθαδιζόμενος, ὦ ἄν-
two mss.: δὲ Bodl. and the other mss. δ ὅτι Bodl. and other mss.: ὅν Bekk. 8 σχεδόν τί Bokk. , though τί is om. in nearly all mss., the Bodl. included. 16 τάχ᾽ ἃν οὖν Bekk.: but a» om. Bodl and four other maa. 20 λέγειν λόγον Bekk. with four mss.: λέγειν λέγων Bodl. dl. and the other mss. 24 υἱεῖς Bodl. lee 19 other mss,: υἱεῖς ye Bekk. 25 οὐδένα Bodl., οὐδάν᾽ the e .
5
28 ΠΛΑΤΩΝΟΣ
δρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, οὐδ᾽ ὑμᾶς ἀτιμάξων, ἀλλ᾽ εἰ μὲν θαρρα- F λέως ἐγὼ ἔχω πρὸς θάνατον ἢ μή, ἄλλος λόγος, πρὸς δ᾽ οὖν δόξαν καὶ ἐμοὶ καὶ ὑμῖν καὶ ὕλῃ τῇ πόλει οὔ μοι δοκεῖ καλὸν εἶναι ἐμὲ τούτων οὐδὲν ποιεῖν καὶ τήλι- κόνδε ὄντα καὶ τοῦτο τοὔνομα ἔχοντα, εἴτ᾽ οὖν ἀληθὲς εἴτ᾽ οὖν ψεῦδος" ἀλλ᾽ οὖν δεδογμένον γέ ἐστι τὸ Σω- κράτη διαφέρειν τινὶ τῶν πολλῶν ἀνθρώπων. εἰ οὖν 35 ὑμῶν οἱ δοκοῦντες διαφέρειν εἴτε σοφίᾳ εἴτε ἀνδρείᾳ εἴτε ἄλλῃ ἡτινιοῦν ἀρετῇ τοιοῦτοι ἔσονται, αἰσχρὸν ἂν
10 εἴη" οἵουσπερ ἐγὼ πολλάκις ἑώρακά τινας, ὅταν κρί-.
15
νωνταῖ, δοκοῦντας μέν τι εἶναι, θαυμάσια δὲ ἐργαζομέ- vous, ὡς δεινόν τι οἰομένους πείσεσθαι εἰ ἀποθανοῦν-. ται, ὥσπερ ἀθανάτων ἐσομένων, ἐὰν ὑμεῖς αὐτοὺς μὴ ἀποκτείνητε" οἱ ἐμοὶ δοκοῦσιν αἰσχύνην τῇ πόλει περυ- ef > Ww A A 4 6 a [ω e QNTELY, WoT ἂν τινα καὶ τῶν ξένων ὑπολαβεῖν ὅτι οἱ ὃ ’ 3 θ “ > 4 “ A 9 ὶ ς A Ν Β ιαφέροντες Αθηναίων εἰς ἀρετὴν, ovs αὐτοὶ ἑαυτῶν ἔν τε ταῖς ἀρχαῖς καὶ ταῖς ἄλλαις τιμαῖς προκρίνουσιν, οὗτοι γυναικῶν οὐδὲν διαφέρουσι. ταῦτα γάρ, ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, οὔτε ὑμᾶς χρὴ ποιεῖν τοὺς δοκοῦντας καὶ
20 ὁτιοῦν εἶναι, οὔτ᾽, ἂν ἡμεῖς ποιῶμεν, ὑμᾶς ἐπιτρέπειν,
\ 25
ἀλλὰ τοῦτο αὐτὸ ἐνδείκνυσθαι, ὅτε πολὺ μᾶλλον KaTa- ψηφιεῖσθε τοῦ τὰ ἐλεεινὰ ταῦτα δράματα εἰσάγοντος καὶ καταγέλαστον τὴν πόλιν ποιοῦντος ἢ τοῦ ἡσυχίαν ἄγοντος. | XXIV. Χωρὶς δὲ τῆς δόξης, ὦ ἄνδρες, οὐδὲ δί- καιόν μοι δοκεῖ εἶναι δεῖσθαι τοῦ δικαστοῦ οὐδὲ δεόμενον C ἀποφεύγειν, ἀλλὰ διδάσκειν καὶ πείθειν. οὐ γὰρ ἐπὶ τούτῳ κάθηται ὁ δικαστής, ἐπὶ τῷ καταχαρίξεσθαι τὰ δίκαια, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπὶ τῷ κρίνειν ταῦτα καὶ ὀμώμοκεν οὐ
6 τὸ “ΠΦ et corr. CS”: τῷ Bodl. and three other mas., and the reading τῷ Zwapdre is defended by Riddell in his Digest § 183 (p. 188): τὸν Bekk. 19 ὑμᾶς Bodl. and most mss. : ἡμᾶς Bekk. with two mss, of the inferior class. ὁτιοῦν Φ: dryriotr the other mss. :
ATIOAOTIA SOKPATOTS. 29
χαριεῖσθαι ols ἂν δοκῇ αὐτῷ, ἀλλὰ δικάσειν κατὰ τοὺς νόμους. οὐκ οὖν χρὴ οὔτε ἡμᾶς ἐθίζειν ὑμᾶς ἐπιορκεῖν, οὗθ᾽ ὑμᾶς ἐθίξεσθαι: οὐδέτεροι γὰρ ἂν ἡμῶν εὐσεβοῖεν. μὴ οὖν ἀξιοῦτέ με, ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, τοιαῦτα δεῖν πρὸς ὑμᾶς πράττειν, ἃ μήτε ἡγοῦμαι καλὰ εἶναι μήτε ς
1) δίκαια μήτε ὅσια, ἄλλως τε μέντοι νὴ Δία πάντως καὶ ἀσεβείας φεύγοντα ὑπὸ Μελήτου τουτουΐ, σαφῶς γὰρ ἄν, εἰ πείθοιμε ὑμᾶς καὶ τῷ δεῖσθαι βιαξοίμην ὁμωμο-
᾿ κύτας, θεοὺς ἂν διδάσκοιμε μὴ ἡγεῖσθαι ὑμᾶς εἶναι, καὶ
_ ἀτεχνῶς ἀπολογούμενος κατηγοροίην ἂν ἐμαυτοῦ ὡς τὸ θεοὺς οὐ νομίζω. ἀλλὰ πολλοῦ δεῖ οὕτως ἔχειν" νομίζω τε γάρ, ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, ὡς οὐδεὶς τῶν ἐμῶν κατη- γόρων, καὶ ὑμῖν ἐπιτρέπω καὶ τῷ θεῷ κρῖναι περὶ ἐμοῦ ὅπῃ μέλλει ἐμοί τε ἄριστα εἶναι καὶ ὑμῖν.
γε
ἘΠ ΧΧΥ͂. Τὸ μὲν μὴ ἀγανακτεῖν, ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, 15 ἐπὶ τούτῳ τῷ γεγονότι, ὅτε μου κατεψηφίσασθε, ἄλλα
96 τέ pot πολλὰ ξυμβάλλεται καὶ οὐκ ἀνέλπιστόν pot γέγονε τὸ γεγονὸς τοῦτο, ἀλλὰ πολὺ μᾶλλον θαυμάξω ἑκατέρων τῶν ψήφων τὸν γεγονότα ἀριθμόν. οὐ γὰρ ᾧμην ἔγωγε οὕτω παρ᾽ ὀλίγον ἔσεσθαι, ἀλλὰ παρὰ πολύ" νῦν δέ, ὡς ἔοικεν, εἰ τριάκοντα μόναι μετέπεσον τῶν ψήφων, ἀποπεφεύγη ἄν. Μέλητον μὲν οὖν, ὡς ἐμοὶ δοκῶ, καὶ νῦν ἀποπέφευγα, καὶ οὐ μόνον ἀποπέ-. φευγα, ἀλλὰ παντὶ δῆλον τοῦτό γε, ὅτι, εἰ μὴ ἀνέβη “Avutos καὶ Λύκων κατηγορήσοντες ἐμοῦ, nav ὦφλε 25
Β χιλίας δραχμάς, οὐ μεταχαβὼν τὸ πέμπτον μέρος τῶν ψήφων. ὁπηῃτιοῦν τι. Bekk. 6 I follow the Bodl. ἄλλως re wdorios,
νὴ Ala, μάλιστα μέντοι καὶ Bekk, 21 τριάκοντα Bodl. and five other mss.: τρεῖς Bekk.
ST
fe)
30 | TIAATONOS
ΧΧΥ͂Ι. Τιμᾶται δ᾽ οὖν μοι ὁ ἀνὴρ θανάτου. elev" ὀγὼ δὲ δὴ τίνος ὑμῖν ἀντιτιμήσομαι, ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθη- ναῖοι; ἢ δῆλον ὅτι τῆς ἀξίας; τί οὖν; τί ἄξιός εἶμε παθεῖν ἣ ἀποτῖσαι, ὅ,τι μαθὼν ἐν τῷ βίῳ οὐχ ἡσυχίαν
5 ἦγον, GAN ἀμελήσας ὧνπερ οἱ πολλοί, χρηματισμοῦ τε καὶ οἰκονομίας καὶ στρατηγιῶν καὶ δημηγοριῶν καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἀρχῶν καὶ ξυνωμοσιῶν καὶ στάσεων τῶν ἐν τῇ πόλει γυγνομένων, ἡγησάμενος ἐμαυτὸν τῷ ὄντι ἐπιεικέστερον εἶναι ἣ ὥστε εἰς ταῦτ᾽ ὄντα σώζεσθαι,
10 ἐνταῦθα μὲν οὐκ ἦα, of ἐλθὼν μήτε ὑμῖν μήτε ἐμαυτῷ C ἔμελλον μηδὲν ὄφελος εἶναι, ἐπὶ δὲ τὸ ἰδίᾳ Exacroy ἰὼν εὐεργετεῖν τὴν μεγίστην εὐεργεσίαν, ὡς ἐγώ φημε, ἐν- ταῦθα ἦα, ἐπιχειρῶν ἕκαστον ὑμῶν πείθειν μὴ πρότε- ρον μήτε τῶν ἑαυτοῦ μηδενὸς ἐπιμελεῖσθαι, πρὶν ἑαυτοῦ
15 ἐπιμεληθείη, ὕπως ὡς βέλτιστος καὶ φρονιμώτατος ἔσοιτο, μήτε τῶν τῆς πόλεως, πρὶν αὐτῆς τῆς πόλεως, τῶν τε ἄλλων οὕτω κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον ἐπιμελεῖ- σθαι" τί οὖν εἰμι ἄξιος παθεῖν τοιοῦτος ὦν; ὠγωθόν τι, D ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, εἰ δεῖ γε κατὰ τὴν ἀξίαν τῇ ἀλη-
20 θείᾳ τιμᾶσθαν' καὶ ταῦτά γε ἀγαθὸν τοιοῦτον, ὅ,τι ἂν πρέποι ἐμοί,,, τί οὖν πρέπει ἀνδρὶ πένητι εὐεργέτῃ, δεομένῳ ἄγειν σχολὴν ἐπὶ τῇ ὑμετέρᾳ παρακελεύσει; οὐκ ἔσθ᾽ ὄ,τε μᾶλλον, ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, πρέπει οὔ- τως, ὡς τὸν τοιοῦτον ἄνδρα ἐν πρυτανείῳ σιτεῖσθαι, 25 πολύ γε μᾶλλον ἣ εἴ τις ὑμῶν ἵππῳ 4 ξυνωρίδι ἢ ζεύγει νενίκηκεν Ὀλυμπίασιν. ὁ μὲν γὰρ ὑμᾶς ποιεῖ E εὐδαίμονας δοκεῖν εἶναι, ἐγὼ δὲ εἶναι καὶ ὁ μὲν τροφῆς οὐδὲν δεῦται, ἐγὼ δὲ δέομαι. εἰ οὖν δεῖ με κατὰ τὸ δίκαιον τῆς ἀξίας τιμᾶσθαι, τούτον τιμῶμαι, ἐν πρυ- 37 τανείῳ σιτήσεως. «6 5" 8 τί οὖν &. « x, Cobet Υ͂. I. Ρ. 800 conformably tol. 18, 9 els ταῦτ᾽ ὄντα Bodl. and four other mss.: els ταῦτ᾽ ἰόντα Bekk.
with mss. of less value. 19 εἰδέγε and τιμᾶσθε in the next line, Bodl, 26 'Odupridow Bodl, Bekk.; see Gittling
ATIOAOTIA SOKPATOTS. 31
XXVIL Ἴσως οὖν ὑμῖν καὶ ταυτὶ λέγων παρα- πλησίως δοκῶ λόγειν ὥσπερ περὶ τοῦ οἴκτου καὶ τῆς ἀντιβολήσεως, ἀπαυθαδιζόμενος" τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἔστιν, ὦ ᾿Αθηναῖοι, τοιοῦτον, ἀλλὰ τοιόνδε μᾶλλον. πέπεισμαι ὀγὼ ἑκὼν εἶναι μηδένα ἀδικεῖν ἀνθρώπων, ἀλλὰ ὑμᾶς § τοῦτο ov πείθω’ ὀλύγον γὰρ χρόνον ἀλλήλοις διειλέγ- μεθα' ἐπεί, ὡς ἐγῷμαι, εἰ ἣν ὑμῖν νόμος, ὥσπερ καὶ ἄλλοις ἀνθρώποις, περὶ θανάτον μὴ μίαν ἡμέραν μόνον
Β κρίνειν, ἀλλὰ πολλάς, ἐπείσθητε dv νῦν δ᾽ οὐ ῥάδιον ἐν χρόνῳ ὀλύγῳ μεγάλας διαβολὰς ἀπολύεσθαι. πε- τὸ πεισμένος δὴ ἀγὼ μηδένα ἀδικεῖν πολλοῦ δέω ἐμαυτόν γε ἀδικήσειν καὶ κατ᾽ ἐμαυτοῦ ἐρεῖν αὐτός, ὡς ἄξιός εἰμί του κακοῦ, καὶ τιμήσεσθαε τοιούτου τινὸς ἐμαυτῷ. τί δείσας; ἦ μὴ πάθω τοῦτο, οὗ Μέλητός μοι τιμᾶται,
ὦ φημι οὐκ εἰδέναι οὔτ᾽ εἰ ἀγαθὸν οὔτ᾽ εἰ κακόν ἐστιν; 15 ἀντὶ τούτον δὴ ὅλωμαι ὧν εὖ old ὅτι κακῶν ὄντων,
C τοῦ τιμησάμενος; πότερον δεσμοῦ; καὶ τί με δεῖ ζῆν ἐν δεσμωτηρίῳ, δουλεύοντα τῇ ἀεὶ καθισταμένῃ ἀρχῇ [τοῖς ὄνδεκα); ἀλλὰ χρημάτων, καὶ δεδέσθαι ἕως ἂν ἐκτίσω; ἀλλὰ ταὐτόν μοί ἐστιν, ὅπερ νῦν δὴ ἔλεγον 20 οὐ γὰρ ἔστε pos χρήματα, ὁπόθεν ἐκτίσω. ἀλλὰ δὴ φυγῆς τιμήσωμαι; ἴσως γὰρ ἄν μοι τούτου τιμήσαιτε. πολλὴ μέντ᾽ ἄν με φιλοψυχία ἔχοι, εἰ οὕτως ἀλέγι- στός εἶμι, ὥστε μὴ δύνασθαι λογίζεσθαι, ὅτι ὑμεῖς μὲν ὄντες πολῖταί μου οὐχ οἷοί τε ἐγένεσθε ἐνεγκεῖν τὰς 25
D ἐμὰς διατριβὰς καὶ τοὺς λόγους, ἀλλ᾽ ὑμῖν βαρύτεραι γεγόνασι καὶ ἐπιφθονώτεραι, ὥστε ζητεῖτε αὐτῶν νυνὶ On Accents, p. 855. 3 ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι Bekk., but ἄνδρες om. Bodl. with two other mss. 8 μόνον Bodl.: μόνην Bekk. with two mss. 16 &wpal τι Bekk.: but τε om. Bodl. and nearly all mss. 17 τούτου Bekk. and all the mss.: τοῦ C. Meiser rhein. mus. xx111 878°, 19 τοῖς &dexa bracketed by Bekk. 23 τιμή-
σομαι Bekk.: τιμήσωμαι of all mss. only the Bodl. 23 After ἔχοι Bekk. adds ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, which words are however
32 | TMAATONOS
ἀπαλλαγῆνα ἄλλοι δὲ dpa αὐτὰς οἴσουσι ῥᾳδίως; πολλοῦ γε δεῖ; ὦ ᾿Αθηναῖοι καλὸς οὖν ἄν μοι ὁ βίος εἴη ἐξελθόντι τηλικῷδε ἀνθρώπῳ ἄλλην ἐξ ἄλλης [πόλιν] πόλεως ἀμειβομένῳ καὶ ἐξελαυνομένῳ Civ. εὖ
5 γὰρ οἷδ᾽ ὅτι, ὅποι ἂν ἔλθω, λέγοντος ἐμοῦ ἀκροάσονται οἱ νέοι ὥσπερ ἐνθάδε" κἂν μὲν τούτονς ἀπελαύνω, οὗτοι ἐμὲ αὐτοὶ ἐξελῶσι, πείθοντες τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους" ἐὰν E; δὲ μὴ ἀπελαύνω, οἱ τούτων πατέρες τε καὶ οἰκεῖοι δι᾽ αὐτοὺς τούτους.
10 ΧΧΥΠῚ, Ἴσως οὖν dv τις εἴποι' συγῶν δὲ καὶ ἡσυχίαν ἄγων, ὦ Σώκρατες, οὐχ οἷός τ᾽ ἔσει ἡμῖν ἐξελθὼν ζῆν; τουτὶ on ἐστε πάντων χαλεπώτατον πεῖ- cai τινας ὑμῶν. ἐάν Te γὰρ λέγω ὅτι τῷ θεῷ ἀπειθεῖν τοῦτ᾽ ἐστὶ καὶ διὰ τοῦτ᾽ ἀδύνατον ἡσνχίαν ἄγειν, οὐ
15 πείσεσθέ μοι ὡς εἰρωνευομένῳ᾽ ἐάν τ᾽ αὖ λέγω ὅτι καὶ 38 τυγχάνει μέγιστον ἀγαθὸν ὃν ἀνθρώπῳ τοῦτο, ἑκάστης ἡμέρας περὶ ἀρετῆς τοὺς λόγους ποιεῖσθαι καὶ τῶν ἄλλων, περὶ ὧν ὑμεῖς ἐμοῦ ἀκούετε διαλεγομένου καὶ ἐμαντὸν καὶ ἄλλους ἐξετάξοντος, ὁ δὲ ἀνεξέταστος βίος
20 οὐ βιωτὸς ἀνθρώπῳ, ταῦτα δ᾽ ἔτι ἧττον πείσεσθέ μοι λέγοντι. τὰ δὲ ὄχει μὲν οὕτως, ὡς ἐγώ φημι, ὦ ἄν- Spes, πείθειν δὲ οὐ ῥᾷάδιον. καὶ ἐγὼ ἅμ᾽ οὐκ εἴθισμαι ἐμαυτὸν ἀξιοῦν κακοῦ οὐδενός, εἰ μὲν γὰρ ἦν μοι χρή- ματα, ἐτιμησάμην ὧν χρημάτων ὅσα ἔμελλον ἐκτίσειν'
25 οὐδὲν γὰρ av ἐβλάβην' νῦν δέ---οὐ γὰρ ἔστιν, εἰ μὴ Β ἄρα ὅσον ay ἐγὼ δυναίμην ἐκτῖσαι, τοσούτου βούλεσθέ. μοι τιμῆσαι. ἴσως δ᾽ ἂν δυναίμην ἐκτῖσαι ὑμῖν μνῶν ἀργυρίον᾽ τοσούτου οὖν τιμῶμαι. Πλάτων δὲ ὅδε, ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, καὶ Kplrwv καὶ Ἰζριτόβουλος καὶ
omitted by the Bodl, and two other mss. 1 ῥᾳδίως. Bekk.: ῥᾳδίως; nescio quis. 2 ἄνδρες before ᾿Αθηναῖοι added in Bekk.’s text, but om. Bodl. and two other mss. 4 πόλιν is added in
only one ms. (not the Bodl.), 27 ὑμῖν σου Bekk.: πον om. Bodl, and five other mss, ;
AIIOAOTIA ΣΩΚΡΑΤΟΥ͂Σ. 33
᾿Ἀπολλόδωῤος keAevovel με τριάκοντα μνῶν τιμήσα- σθαι, αὐτοὶ δ᾽ ὀγγυᾶσθαι' τιμῶμαι οὖν τοσούτου, éy-
ΧΧΙΧ, Οὐ πολλοῦ γ᾽ ἕνεκα χρόνου, ὦ ἄνδρες C
ς ᾿Αθηναῖοι, ὄνομα ἕξετε καὶ αἰτίαν ὑπὸ τῶν βουλομένων τὴν πόλιν λοιδορεῖν, ὡς Σωκράτη ἀπεκτόνατε, ἄνδρα σοφόν' φήσουσι γὰρ δή με σοφὸν εἶναι, εἰ καὶ μὴ εἰμί, oi βουλόμενοι ὑμῖν ὀνειδίζειν. εἰ οὖν περιεμείνατε ὁλί- γον χρόνον, ἁπὸ τοῦ αὐτομάτου ἄν ὑμῖν τοῦτο ὀγένετο"
10 ὁρᾶτε γὰρ δὴ τὴν ἡλικίαν, ὅτε πόρρω ἤδη ἐστὶ τοῦ
βίου, θανάτου δὲ ἐγγύς. λέγω δὲ τοῦτο οὐ πρὸς πάν- Ὁ
τας ὑμᾶς, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τοὺς ἐμοῦ καταψηφισαμένους θάνατον. λέγω δὲ καὶ τόδε πρὸς τοὺς αὐτοὺς τούτους. ἴσως με οἴεσθε, ὦ ἄνδρες, ἁπορίᾳ λόγων ἑαλωκέναε 15 τοιούτων, οἷς av ὑμᾶς ἔπεισα, εἰ ᾧμην δεῖν ἅπαντα “ποιεῖν καὶ λέγειν, ὥστε ἀποφυγεῖν τὴν δίκην. πολλοῦ γε δεῖ, ἀλλ᾽ ἀπορίᾳ μὲν ῥάλωκα, οὗ μέντοι λόγων, ἀλλὰ τόλμης καὶ ἀναισχυντίας καὶ τοῦ ἐθέλειν λόγειν πρὸς ὑμᾶς τοιαῦτα, οἷ᾽ dy ὑμῖν ἥδιστ᾽ ἦν ἀκούειν, θρη-
20 νοῦντός τέ μου καὶ ὀδυρομένου καὶ ἄλλα. “ποιοῦντος καὶ FE
λόγοντος πολλὰ καὶ ἀνάξια ἐμοῦ, ὡς ὀγώ φημι’ οἷα δὴ καὶ εἴθισθε ὑμεῖς τῶν ἄλλων ἀκούειν. ἀλλ᾽ οὔτε τότε φήθην δεῖν ἕνεκα τοῦ κινδύνου πρᾶξαε οὐδὲν ἀνελεύ- θερον, οὔτε νῦν μοι μεταμέλει οὕτως ἀπολογησαμένῳ, 25 ἀλλὰ πολὺ μᾶλλον αἱροῦμαε Pde ἀπολογησάμενος τεθνάναι ἢ ἐκείνως Civ οὔτε γὰρ ἐν δίκη οὔτ᾽ ἐν πο-
6 Σωκράτην Bekk. against the Bodl and the other good mss.
7 δὴ witaout με Bodl, 8 εἰ your Bekk. against the Bodl. and five other mas. 18 τοῦ μὴ ἐθέλειν Bekk.: μὴ om. Bodl. and
four other mss. 19 ὑμῖν μὲν Bekk.: μὲν om. Bodl, and three other mss. θρηνοῦντόε τ' ἐμοῦ Bekk. against the Bodl.
W. Ρ, 3
,*e αὶ
γυηταὶ 5 ὑμῖν ἔσονται τοῦ ἀργυρίου οὗτοι ἀξιόχρεῳ. ΄᾿
aa
A
34 MAATONOS *
39 λέμῳ οὔτ᾽ ἐμὲ οὔτ᾽ ἄλλον οὐδένα Se? τοῦτο μηχανῶ- σθαι, ὅπως ἀποφεύξεται πᾶν ποιῶν θάνατον. καὶ yap ἐν. ταῖς μάχαις πολλάκις δῆλον γίγνεταε ὅτι τό γέ ἀποθανεῖν ἄν τις ἐκφύγοι καὶ ὅπλα ἀφεὶς καὶ ἐφ᾽ ἱκε- relay τραπόμενος τῶν διωκόντων' καὶ ἄλλαι μηχαναὶ 5 πολλαί εἰσιν ἐν ἑκάστοις τοῖς κινδύνοις, ὥστε διαφεύ- yew θάνατον, ἐάν τις τολμᾷ πᾶν ποιεῖν καὶ λέγειν. ᾿ ἀλλὰ μὴ οὐ τοῦτ᾽ ἦ χαλεπόν, ὦ ἄνδρες, θάνατον ἐκ- φυγεῖν, ἀλλὰ πολὺ χαλεπώτερον πονηρίαν θᾶττον
Β γὰρ θανάτου θεῖ. καὶ νῦν ἀγὼ μὲν ἅτε βραδὺς ὧν καὶ το πρεσβύτης ὑπὸ τοῦ βραδυτέρου ἑάλων, οἱ δ᾽ ἐμοὶ κατ- ἤγοροι ἅτε δεινοὶ καὶ ὀξεῖς ὄντες ὑπὸ τοῦ θάττονος, τῆς κακίας. καὶ νῦν ἐγὼ μὲν ἄπειμε ὑφ᾽ ὑμῶν θανάτου δίκην ὄφλων, οὗτοι δ᾽ ὑπὸ τῆς ἀληθείας ὠφληκότες μοχθηρίαν καὶ ἀδικίαν. καὶ ἔγωγε τῷ τιμήματι ἐμ- 15 μένω καὶ οὗτοι. ταῦτα μέν που ἴσως οὕτω καὶ ἔδει σχεῖν, καὶ οἶμαι αὐτὰ μετρίως ἔχειν.
XXX. Tod δὲ δὴ μετὰ τοῦτο ἐπιθυμῶ ὑμῖν χρη- σμῳδῆσαι, ὦ καταψηφισάμενοί μον’ καὶ γάρ εἰμε ἤδη
C ἐνταῦθα, ἐν ᾧ μάλιστ' ἄνθρωποι χρησμῳδοῦσιν, ὅταν 20 μέλλωσιν ἀποθανεῖσθαι. φημὶ γάρ, ᾧ ἄνδρες, of ἐμὰ ἀπεκτόνατε, τιμωρίαν ὑμῖν ἥξειν εὐθὺς μετὰ τὸν ἐμὸν θάνατον trond χαλεπωτέραν νὴ Δί᾽ ἢ olay ἐμὲ ἀπεκτό- vate’ νῦν γὰρ τοῦτο εἰργάσασθε οἰόμενοι μὲν ὠπαλ- λάξεσθαι τοῦ Sidovas ἔλεγχον τοῦ βίου, τὸ δὲ ὑμῖν 25 πολὺ ἐναντίον ἀποβήσεται, ὡς ἐγώ φημι. “πλείους
D ἔσονταε ὑμᾶς οἱ ἐλέγχοντες, οὖς νῦν ἀγὼ κατεῖχον,
Ἵ οὔτε ἄλλον Bekk. 4 ῥᾷον is added in modern editions after ἀποθανεῖν, because Gaisford’s collation led to the supposition that it was in the Bodl.: but I can positively state that ῥᾷον is not in that ms. I have therefore again omitted it, 15 ὄγωγε Bodl.: ἐγώ re the edd, 16 μὲν οὖν που Bokk.: of» om. Bodl. and four other
mss. 94 εἰργάσασθε Bodl. and five other mss.: εἴργασθε Bekk. οἰόμενοι Bekk. without μὲν, but as the Bodl. m. pr. and five other
AITIOAOTTA ZQKPATOTS, 35
ὑμεῖς δὲ οὐκ ἠσθάνεσθε' καὶ χαλεπώτεροι ἔσονται ὅσῳ νεώτεροί εἶσι, καὶ ὑμεῖς μᾶλλον ἀγανακτήσετε. εἰ γὰρ οἴεσθε ἀποκτείνοντες. ἀνθρώπους ἐπισχήσειν τοῦ ὀνειδίζειν τινὰ ὑμῖν ὅτι οὐκ ὀρθῶς ζῆτε, οὐκ ὀρθῶς δια- § νοεῖσθε' οὐ γάρ ἐσθ᾽ αὕτη ἡ ἀπαλλαγὴ οὔτε πάνυ δυνατὴ οὔτε καλή, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκείνη καὶ κα καὶ ῥάστη, μὴ τοὺς ἄλλους κολούειν, GAN ἑαυτὸν παρα- σκευάζειν ὅπως ἔσταε ὡς βέλτιστος. ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ὑμῖν τοῖς καταψηφισαμένοις μαντευσάμενος ἀπαλλάτ- 10 τομαι.
ΧΧΧΙ. Tois δὲ ἀποψηφισαμένοις ἡδέως ἂν δια- E λεχθείην ὑπὲρ τοῦ γεγονότος τουτονὶ πράγματος, ἐν ᾧ οἱ ἄρχοντες ἀσχολίαν ἄγουσι καὶ οὔπω ἔρχομαε οἷ ἐλ- θόντα με δεῖ τεθνάναι. ἀλλά μοι, ὦ ἄνδρες, παρα-
15 μείνατε τοσοῦτον χρόνον' οὐδὲν γὰρ κωλύει διαμυθο- λογῆσαι πρὸς ἀλλήλους, ἕως ἔξεστιν. ὑμῖν γὰρ ὡς 40 φίλοις οὖσιν ἐπιδεῖξαι ἐθέλω τὸ νυνέ μοι ξυμβεβηκὸς τί ποτε νοεῖ. ἐμοὶ γάρ, ὦ ἄνδρες δικασταί---ὑμᾶς γὰρ δικαστὰς καλῶν ὀρθῶς av καλοίην---θαυμάσιόν τι γέ-
20 γονεν. ἡ γὰρ εἰωθυῖά μοι μαντικὴ ἡ τοῦ δαιμονίον ἐν μὲν τῷ πρόσθεν χρόνῳ παντὶ πάνυ πυκνὴ ἀεὶ ἦν καὶ πάνυ ἐπὶ σμικροῖς ἐναντιουμένη, εἴ τι μέλλοιμε μὴ ὀρθῶς πράξειν" νυνὶ δὲ ξυμβέβηκέ μοι, ἅπερ ὁρᾶτε καὶ αὐτοί, ταυτὶ ἅ γε δὴ οἰηθείη ἄν τις καὶ νομέζεται
25 ἔσχατα κακῶν εἶναι. ἐμοὶ δὲ οὔτε ἐξιόντι ἕωθεν οἴκο- B θεν ἠναντιώθη τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ σημεῖον, οὔτε ἡνίκα ἀνέ: βαινον ἐνταυθοῖ ἐπὶ τὸ δικαστήριον, οὔτ᾽ ἐν τῷ λόγῳ οὐδαμοῦ μέλλοντέ τι ἐρεῖν’ καίτοι ὧν ἄλλοις λόγοις πολλαχοῦ δή με ἐπέσχε λέγοντα μεταξύ" νῦν δὲ οὐ-
30 δαμοῦ περὶ αὐτὴν τὴν πρᾶξιν οὔτ᾽ ἐν ἔργῳ οὐδενὶ mss. read οἱόμενοί με, Hermann rightly added μέν, 4 od καλώς
Bekk.: οὐκ ὀρθῶς Bodl. and many other mss. 29 vv» Bodl νυνὶ the edd. 80 αὐτὴν Bodl.: ταύτην the edd.
3—2
36 NAATONOS
οὔτ᾽ ἐν λόγῳ ἠναντίωταί μοι." τί οὖν αἴτιον εἶναι ὕπο- λαμβάνω; ὀγὼ ὑμῖν ἐρῶ’ κινδυνεύει γάρ μοι τὸ ξυμβε- C βηκὸς τοῦτο ἀγαθὸν γεγονέναι, καὶ οὐκ ἔσθ᾽ ὅπως ἡμεῖς ὀρθῶς ὑπολαμβάνομεν, ὅσοι οἰόμεθα κακὸν εἶναι τὸ τεθνάναι. μέγα μοι τεκμήριον τούτου γέγονεν' ‘ov γὰρ § ἔσθ᾽ ὅπως οὐκ ἠναντιώθη av μοι τὸ εἰωθὸς σημεῖον, εἰ μή Te ἔμελλον ἐγὼ ἀγαθὸν πράξειν.
XXXII. ᾿Εννοήσωμεν δὲ καὶ τῇδε, ὡς πολλὴ ἐλπίς ἐστιν ἀγαθὸν αὐτὸ εἶναι. δυοῖν γὰρ θάτερόν ἐστι τὸ τεθνάναι" ἢ γὰρ οἷον μηδὲν εἶναι μηδ᾽ αἴσθησιν μη- τα δεμίαν μηδενὸς ἔχειν τὸν τεθνεῶτα, ἢ κατὰ τὰ λεγόμενα μεταβολή τις τυγχάνει οὖσα καὶ μετοίκησις τῇ ψυχῇ τοῦ τόπου τοῦ ἐνθένδε εἰς ἄλλον τόπον. καὶ εἴτε μηδε-
D μία αἴσθησίς ἐστιν, ἀλλ᾽ οἷον ὕπνος, ἐπειδάν τις καθ- εύδων μηδ᾽ ὄναρ μηδὲν ὁρῷ, θαυμάσιον κέρδος ἂν εἴη τς ὁ θάνατος, ἐγὼ γὰρ av οἶμαι, εἴ τινα ἐκλεξάμενον δέοι ταύτην τὴν νύκτα, ἐν ἦ οὕτω κατέδαρθεν, ὥστε μηδ᾽ ὄναρ ἰδεῖν, καὶ τὰς ἄλλας νύκτας τε καὶ ἡμέρας τὰς τοῦ βίου τοῦ ἑαυτοῦ ἀντιπαραθέντα ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ δέοι σκεψάμενον εἰπεῖν, πόσας ἄμεινον καὶ ἥδιον ἡμέρας 20 καὶ νύκτας ταύτης τῆς νυκτὸς βεβίωκεν ἐν τῷ ἑαυτοῦ E βίῳ, οἶμαι ay μὴ ὅτι ἰδιώτην τινά, ἀλλὰ τὸν μέγαν βασιλέα εὐαριθμήτους ἂν εὑρεῖν αὐτὸν ταύτας πρὸς τὰς ἄλλας ἡμέρας καὶ νύκτας. εἶ οὖν τοιοῦτον ὁ θά- νατός ἐστι, κέρδος ἔγωγε λέγω᾽ Kal γὰρ οὐδὲν πλείων ὁ 25 mas χρόνος φαίνεται οὕτω δὴ εἶναι ἢ μία νύξ. εἰ δ᾽ αὖ οἷον ἀποδημῆσαί ἐστιν ὁ θάνατος ἐνθένδε εἰς ἄλλον τόπον, καὶ ἀληθῆ ἐστι τὰ “λεγόμενα, ὡς ἄρα ἐκεῖ εἰσιν ἅπαντες οἱ τεθνεῶτες, τί μεῖζον ἀγαθὸν τούτου εἴη ἄν,
41 ὦ ἄνδρες δικασταί; εἰ yap τις ἀφικόμενος εἰς “Αἰδον, 30
‘12° ris ψυχῆνΨ Bekk.: τῇ ψυχῇ Bodl. with three other mas. Cobet V. L. p. 300 writes μετοίκισις without τοῦ τόπου τοῦ: comp Ῥμωᾶο 1176. .13 εἴτε δὴ Bekk.: δὴ 9m. Bod]. and many mas.
ANTIOAOTTIA ΣΩΚΡΑΤΟΥ͂Σ. 37
ἀπαλλαγεὶς τούτων τῶν φασκόντων δικαστῶν elvas, εὑρήσει τοὺς ἀληθῶς δικαστάς, οἴπερ καὶ λέγονται ἐκεῖ δικάζειν, Μίνως τε καὶ Ῥαδάμανθυς καὶ Αἰακὸς καὶ Τριπτόλεμος καὶ ἄλλοι ὅσοε τῶν ἡμιθέων δίκαιοι ς ἐγένοντο ἐν τῷ ἑαυτῶν βίῳ, ἄρα φαύλη av εἴη ἡ ἀπο- δημία; ἣ αὖ Ὀρφεῖ ξυγγενέσθαι καὶ Μουσαίφ καὶ “Howde καὶ “Ομήρῳ ἐπὶ πόσῳ ἄν τις δέξαιτ᾽ ἂν ὑμῶν; ἐγὼ μὲν γὰρ πολλάκις θέλω τεθνάναε, εἰ ταῦτ᾽ ἐστὶν ἀληθῆ" ἐπεὶ ἔμουγε καὶ αὐτῷ θαυμαστὴ ἂν εἴη ἡ δια- το τριβὴ αὐτόθε, ὁπότε ἐντύχοιμε Παλαμήδει καὶ" Αἴαντι τῷ Τελαμῶνος καὶ εἴ τις: ἄλλος τῶν παλαιῶν διὰ κρίσιν ἄδικον τέθνηκεν. ἀντιπαραβάλλοντι τὰ ἐμαυτοῦ πάθη πρὸς τὰ ἐκείνων, ὡς ἐγὼ οἶμαι, οὐκ ἂν ἀηδὲς εἴη. καὶ δὴ τὸ μέγιστον, τοὺς ἐκεῖ ἐξετάζοντα καὶ ἐρευνῶντα 15 ὥσπερ τοὺς ἐνταῦθα διάγειν, τίς αὐτῶν σοφός ἐστι καὶ τίς οἴεταε μέν, ἔστι δ᾽ οὔ. ἐπὶ πόσῳ δ᾽ ἄν τις, ὦ ἄνδρες δικασταί, δέξαιτο ἐξετάσαι τὸν ἐπὶ Τροίαν ἄγοντα τὴν πολλὴν στρατιὰν ἢ Ὀδυσσέα ἣ Σίσυφον, ἣ ἄλλους μυρίους ἄν τις εἴποι καὶ ἄνδρας καὶ γυναῖκας ; οἷς ἐκεῖ 20 διαλέγεσθαι καὶ ξυνεῖναε καὶ ἐξετάζειν ἀμήχανον ay εἴη εὐδαιμονίας. πάντως οὐ δήπου τούτου γε évexa οἱ ἐκεῖ ἀποκτείνουσι τά τε γὰρ ἄλλα εὐδαιμονέστεροί εἰσιν οἱ ἐκεῖ τῶν ἐνθάδε, καὶ ἤδη τὸν λοιπὸν χρόνον ἀθάνατοί εἰσιν, εἴπερ γε τὰ λεγύμενα ἀληθῆ ἐστιν. 2. XXXIII. ᾿Αλλὰ καὶ ὑμᾶς χρή, ὦ ἄνδρες δικα- σταί, εὐέλπιδας εἶναε πρὸς τὸν θάνατον, καὶ ἕν Ts τοῦτο 1 τούτων Bodl. and five other mss.: τουτωνὶ Bekk. ὡς ἀληθῶς Bodl. ‘above the line, but in first hand’ acc. to Riddell, Buf it is not in first hand, the s instead of o being evidence of this. 8 θέλω Bod: ἐθέλω [9 edd. 12—]6 Comp. Madvig Adv. Crit. 1p. 868, 13 ἐγῴῷμαι Bekk. against the authority of the Bodl and three other mss. καί add. before τό by Bekk. but om. in Bodl 15 τίς ἃν Bodl 17 ἄγοντα Bodl. with five other mss, : ἀγαγόντα Bekk. and all other editors except Riddell. 2] etda:uorias.
πάντως the Ziirich editors with five mss. εὐδαιμονίας πάντως. Bekk. with the Bodl. as it seems,
38 ΠΛΑΤΩ͂ΝΟΣ ATIOAOTIA ZOKPATOTS,
Ὁ διανοεῖσθαι ἀληθές, ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν ἀνδρὶ ἀγαθῷ κακὸν οὐδὲν οὔτε ζῶντι οὔτε τελευτήσαντι, οὐδὲ ἀμελεῖται ὑπὸ θεῶν τὰ τούτου πράγματα" “οὐδὲ τὰ ἐμὰ νῦν ἀπὸ τοῦ αὐτομάτου yéyovey, ἀλλά μοι δῆλόν ἐστι τοῦτο, ὅτι ἤδη τεθνάναι καὶ ἀπηλλάχθαι πραγμάτων βέλτιον § qv μοι. διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἐμὲ οὐδαμοῦ ἀπέτρεψε τὸ σημεῖον, καὶ ἔγωγε τοῖς καταψηφισαμένοις μου καὶ τοῖς κατηγύροις οὐ πάνυ χαλεπαίνω. καίτοι οὐ ταύτῃ τῇ διανοίᾳ κατεψηφίξζοντό μου καὶ κατηγόρουν, ἀλλ᾽
E οἰόμενοι βλάπτειν' τοῦτο αὐτοῖς ἄξιον μέμφεσθαι. 10 τοσόνδε μέντοι αὐτῶν δέομαι" τοὺς υἱεῖς μου, ἐπειδὰν ἡβήσωσι, τιμωρήσασθε, ὦ ἄνδρες, ταὐτὰ ταῦτα λυ- ποῦντες, ὥπερ ἀγὼ ὑμᾶς ἐλύπουν, ἐὰν ὑμῖν δοκῶσιν ἣ χρημάτων ἢ ἄλλον Tov πρότερον ἐπιμελέϊσθαι 7 ἀρετῆς, καὶ ἐὰν δοκῶσί τι εἶναι μηδὲν ὄντες, overdifere 15 αὐτοῖς, ὥσπερ ὀγὼ ὑμῖν, ὅτι οὐκ ἐπιμελοῦντας ὧν δεῖ, καὶ olovral τι εἶναι ὄντες οὐδενὸς ἄξιοι. καὶ ἐὰν ταῦτα
43 ποιῆτε, δίκαια πεπονθὼς ἐγὼ ὄσομαι ὑφ᾽ ὑμῶν αὐτός τα καὶ οἱ υἱεῖς. ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἤδη ὥρα ἀπιέναι, ἐμοὶ μὲν ἀποθανουμένῳ, ὑμῖν δὲ βιωσομένοις" ὁπότεροι δὲ ἡμῶν 20 ἔρχονται ἐπὶ ἄμεινον πρῶγμα, ἄδηλον παντὶ πλὴν ἢ τῷ θεῷ.
15 δοκῶσί τι Bekk. whom I follow: δοκῶσι τὶ Crcn in order to emphasize τὶ, 17 οἴονταί τι Bekk.: οἴονται ri Cron.
KPITON.
TA TOT AIAAOTOT ΠΡΟΣΏΠΑᾺ ΣΏΚΡΑΤΗΣ, KPITON.
L Τί τηνικάδε ἀφῖξαι, ὦ Κρίτων; ἢ οὐ πρὼ ἔτι 43 ἐστίν;
KP. Πάνυ μὲν οὖν.
ΣΩ. Πηνίκα μάλιστα;
5 ΚΡ, Ὄρθρος βαθύς.
ΣΩ. Θαυμάζω, ὅπως ἠθέλησέ σοι ὁ τοῦ δεσμωτη- ρίου φύλαξ ὑπακοῦσαι.
KP. Ἐξυνήθης ἤδη μοί ἐστιν, ὦ Σώκρατες, διὰ τὸ πολλάκις δεῦρο φοιτᾶν, καί τι καὶ evepyérytas ὑπ᾽
10 ἐμοῦ.
ΣΩ. ἤΑρτι δὲ ἥκεις ἢ πάλαι;
ΚΡ, ᾿Επιεικῶς πάλαι.
ΣΩ. Εἶτα πῶς οὐκ εὐθὺς ἐπήγειράς με, ἀλλὰ Β συγῇ παρακάθησαι;
1§ ΚΡ, Οὐ μὰ τὸν Δί, ὦ Σώκρατες, οὐδ᾽ ἂν αὐτὸς ἤθελον ἐν τοσαύτῃ τε ἀγρυπνίᾳ καὶ λύπῃ εἶναι. ἀλλὰ καὶ σοῦ πάλαι θαυμάζω αἰσθανόμενος ὡς ἡδέως καθεύ- δειφ" καὶ ἐπίτηδές σε οὐκ ἤγειρον, ἵνα ὡς ἥδιστα διάγῃς. καὶ πολλάκις μὲν δή σε καὶ πρότερον ἐν παντὶ τῷ βίῳ
20 εὐδαιμόνισα τοῦ τρόπου, πολὺ δὲ μάλιστα ἐν τῇ νῦν
40 ΠΛΑΤΩΝΟΣ
παρεστώσῃ ξυμφορᾷ, ὡς ῥᾳδίως αὐτὴν καὶ πράως φέρεις.
LO. Καὶ γὰρ ἄν, ὦ Κρίτων, πλημμελὲς εἴη aya- νακτεῖν τηλικοῦτον ὄντα, εἰ δεῖ ἤδη τελευτᾶν.
C ΚΡ. Καὶ ἄλλοι, ὦ Σώκρατες, τηλικοῦτοι ἐν τοι- ς αὐταις ξυμφοραῖς ἁλίσκονται, ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲν αὐτοὺς ἐπι- λύεται ἡ ἡλικία τὸ μὴ οὐχὶ ἀγανακτεῖν τῇ παρούσῃ τύχῃ.
20. Ἔστι ταῦτα. ἀλλὰ τί δὴ οὕτω πρῷ ἀφῖξαι;
ΚΡ, ᾿Αγγελίαν, ὦ Σώκρατες, φέρων χαλεπήν, οὐ 10 σοί, ὡς ἐμοὶ φαίνεται, ἀλλ᾽ ἐμοὶ καὶ τοῖς σοῖς ἐπιτη- δείοις πᾶσι καὶ χαλεπὴν καὶ βαρεῖαν, ἣν ἐγώ, ὡς ἐμοὶ δοκῶ, ἐν τοῖς βαρύτατ' ἂν ἐνέγκαιμι.
202. Tiva ταύτην; ἣ τὸ πλοῖον ἀφῖκται ἐκ Adnou,
D οὗ δεῖ ἀφικομένου τεθνάναι με; 15
ΚΡ, Οὗτοι δὴ ἀφῖκται, ἀλλὰ δοκεῖ μέν μαι ἥξειν τήμερον ἐξ ὧν ἀπαγγέλλουσιν ἧκοντές τινες ἀπὸ Σουνίου καὶ καταλιπόντες ἐκεῖ αὐτό. δῆλον οὖν ἐκ τούτων τῶν ἀγγέλων ὅτι ἥξει τήμερον, καὶ ἀνώγκη δὴ εἰς αὔριον ἔσται, ὦ Σώκρατες, τὸν βίον σε τελευτᾶν. 20
II, 20. ᾿Αλλ᾽, ὦ Κρίτων, τύχῃ ἀγαθῇ. εἰ ταύτῃ τοῖς θεοῖς φίλον, ταύτῃ ἔστω. οὐ μέντοι οἶμαι ἥξειν αὐτὸ τήμερον.
44 ΚΡ, Πόθεν τοῦτο τεκμαίρει;
20. "Eyed σοι ἐρῶ. τῇ γάρ που ὑστεραίᾳ δεῖ με 26 ἀποθνήσκειν ἢ ἧ ἀν ἔλθῃ τὸ πλοῖον.
ΚΡ, Φασί γέ τοι δὴ οἱ τούτων κύριοι.
ΣΏ. Οὐ τοίνυν τῆς ἐπιούσης ἡμέρας οἶμαι αὐτὸ ἥξειν, ἀλλὰ τῆς ἑτέρας. τεκμαίρομαι δὲ ἔις τινος ἐνυ-
18 τῶν ἀγγέλων is bracketed by the modern editors: but see exeg. note, 19 ἐσαύριον Bekk. with only two mss, elo αὔριον Bodl, Τί. m. 1. . ᾿. εὐ ἡ
KPITON. 41
πνίου, ὃ ἑώρακα ὀλίγον πρότερον ταύτης τῆς νυκτός" καὶ κινδυνεύεις ἐν καιρῷ τινι οὐκ ἐγεῖραί με. ΚΡ, ἮΝν δὲ δὴ τί τὸ ἐνύπνιον; ΣΩ. ᾿Εδόκει τίς μοι γυνὴ προσελθοῦσα καλὴ καὶ 5 oer λευκὰ | ἱμάτια ἔχουσα, καλέσαι με καὶ εἰπεῖν ὦ Σώκρατες, ἤματί κεν τριτάτῳ Φθίην ἐρίβωλον ἵκοι. B ΚΡ, Ὡς ἄτοπον τὸ ἐνίπνιον, ὦ Σώκρατες. ΣΩ. "Evapyés μὲν οὖν, ὥς γέ μοι δοκεῖ, ὦ Kpirov. III. KP. Λίαν γε, ὡς ἔοικεν. ἀλλ᾽, ὦ δαιμόνιε
10 Σώκρατες, ἔτι καὶ νῦν ἐμοὶ πείθου καὶ σώθητι' ὡς ἐμοί, ἐὰν σὺ ἀποθάνῃς, οὐ μία ξυμφορά ἐστιν, ἀλλὰ χωρὶς μὲν τοῦ ἐστερῆσθαι τοιούτον ἐπιτηδείον, οἷον ἐγὼ οὐδένα μή ποτε εὑρήσω, Ere δὲ καὶ πολλοῖς δόξω, οἱ ἐμὲ καὶ σὲ μὴ σαφῶς ἴσασιν, ὡς οἷός 1 ὦν σε σώζειν, C
15 εἰ ἤθελον ἀναλίσκειν χρήματα, ἀμελῆσαι. καίτοι τίς ἂν αἰσχίων εἴη ταύτης δόξα ἢ δοκεῖν χρήματα περὶ πλείονος ποιεῖσθαι ἢ φίλους; οὐ γὰρ πείσονται οἱ πολλοί, ὡς σὺ αὐτὸς οὐκ ἠθέλησας ἀπιέναι ἐνθένδε ἡμῶν προθυμουμένων.
20 ΣΩ, ᾿Αλλὰ τί ἡμῖν, ὦ μακάριε Κρίτων, οὕτω τῆς τῶν πολλῶν δόξης μέλει; οἱ γὰρ ἐπιεικέστατοι, ὧν μᾶλλον ἄξιον φραντίζειν, ἡγήσανται αὐτὰ οὕτω πε- πρᾶχθαι, ὥσπερ ἂν πραχθῇ.
ΚΡ, ᾿Αλλ᾽ ὁρᾷς δὴ ὅτε ἀνάγκη, ὦ Σώκρατες, καὶ D
25 τῆς τῶν πολλῶν δόξης μέλειν. αὐτὰ δὲ δῆλα τὰ παρ- όντα νυνί, ὅτι οἷοί τ᾽ εἰσὶν οἱ πολλοὶ οὐ τὰ σμικρότατα τῶν κακῶν ἐξεργάξεσθαι, ἀλλὰ τὰ μέγιστα σχεδὸν, ἐάν τὶς ἐν αὐτοῖς διαβεβλημένος ἢ.
ΣΩ. Ei yap ὥφελον, ὦ Κρίτων, οἷοί τ’ εἶναι οἱ 7 ὡς above the line in the Bodl. and om.in Tib. 8 γέ μοι Bodl. Tiib. and five other mss. é¢uol Stephanus and Bekk.
12 τοῦ Sallier and Bekk.: cov the mss. but in the Bodl. in late hand over the traces of an older reading, 29 7 Bodl, re Τρ,
42 ΠΛΑΤΏΝΟΣ
πολλοὶ τὰ μέγιστα κακὰ ἐργάξεσθαι, ἵνα οἷοί τ᾽ ἦσαν καὶ ἀγαθὰ τὰ μέγιστα, καὶ καλῶς ἂν εἶχε' νῦν δὲ οὐδέτερα οἷοί τε οὔτε γὰρ φρόνιμον οὔτε ἄφρονα δυνατοὶ ποιῆσαι, ποιοῦσι δὲ τοῦτο 8,7 av τύχωσιν.
E ΙΝ. KP. Ταῦτα μὲν δὴ οὕτως ἐχέτω' τάδε δέ, ὦ 5
. Σώκρατες, εἶπέ μοι. apa γε μὴ ἐμοῦ προμηθεῖ καὶ τῶν
ἄλλων ἐπιτηδείων, μή, ἐὰν σὺ ἐνθένδε ἐξέλθῃς, οἱ συκοφάνται ἡμῖν πράγματα παρέχωσιν ὡς σὲ ἐνθένδε ἐκκλέψασε, καὶ ἀναγκασθῶμεν ἣ καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν. οὐσίαν ἀποβαλεῖν ἢ συχνὰ χρήματα, ἢ καὶ ἄλλο τι πρὸς το
45 τούτοις παθεῖν; εἶ γάρ τι τοιοῦτον φοβεῖ, ἔασον αὐτὸ χαίρειν" ἡμεῖς γάρ πον δίκαιοί ἐσμεν σώσαντές σε κινδυνεύειν τοῦτον τὸν κίνδυνον καὶ ἐὰν δέῃ Erte τούτου μείζω. ἀλλ᾽ ἐμοὶ πείθου καὶ μὴ ἄλλως ποίει.
ΣΩ. Καὶ ταῦτα προμηθοῦμαι, ὦ Ἰρίτων, καὶ ἄλλα 15 πολλα.
KP. Μήτε τοίνυν ταῦτα φοβοῦ" καὶ γὰρ οὐδὲ πολὺ τἀργύριόν ἐστιν, ὃ θέλουσι λαβόντες τινὲς σῶσαί σε καὶ ἐξωγαγεῖν ἐνθένδε. ἔπειτα οὐχ ὁρᾶς τούτους τοὺς συκοφάντας ws εὐτελεῖς, καὶ οὐδὲν ἂν δέοι ἐπ᾽ 20
Β αὐτοὺς πολλοῦ ἀργυρίου; σοὶ δὲ ὑπάρχει μὲν τὰ ἐμὰ χρήματα, ὡς ἀγὼ οἶμαι, ἱκανά" ἔπειτα καὶ εἴ τι ἐμοῦ κηδόμενος οὐκ οἴει δεῖν ἀναλίσκειν τἀμά, ξένοι οὗτοι
( [ἐνθάδε] ὅτοιμοι ἀναλίσκειν" εἷς δὲ καὶ κεκόμικεν ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸ τοῦτο ἀργύριον ἱκανόν, Σιμμίας 6 Θηβαῖος" ἕτοι- 25 μος δὲ καὶ Κέβης καὶ ἄλλοι πολλοὶ πάνυ. ὥστε, ὅπερ λέγω, μήτε ταῦτα φοβούμενος ἀποκάμῃς σαυτὸν σῶσαι, μήτε ὃ ἔλεγες ἐν τῷ δικαστηρίῳ δυσχερές cot γενέσθω, ὅτι οὐκ ἂν ἔχοις ἐξελθὼν ὅ, τε χρῷο σαυτῷ' πολλαχοῦ
1 ἐργάζεσθαι Bodl. Tiib., ἐξεργ. the edd. τ᾽ Bodl. Tiib., re the edd. ' Q ad καὶ dy. the edd., but αὖ om. Bodl. and Tiib. 22, ἐγῷμαι Bekk. and the other editors: ἐγὼ οἶμαι Bodl. Tiib. and two other 1288. : cf. 37, 13. 24 ἐνθάδε bracketed by Hermann, 29 σεαυτῷ Bekk, against the Bodl. and Tiib.
ΚΡΙΤΩΝ. - 43
μὲν yap καὶ ἄλλοσε ὅποι av ἀφίκῃ ὠγαπήσουσί ce C ἐὰν δὲ βούλῃ εἰς Θετταλίαν ἰέναι, εἰσὶν ἐμοὶ ἐκεῖ ξένοι, οἵ σε περὶ πολλοῦ ποιήσονταε καὶ ἀαφαλειάν σοι. παρέξονται, ὥστε σε μηδένα λυπεῖν τῶν κατὰ Θεττα-
5 λίαν.
V. Ἔτι δέ, ὦ Σώκρατες, οὐδὲ δίκαιόν μοι δοκεῖς ἐπιχειρεῖν πρῶγμα, σαυτὸν προδοῦναι, ἐξὸν σωθῆναι" καὶ τοιαῦτα σπεύδεις περὶ σαυτὸν γενέσθαι, ἅπερ ἂν καὶ οἱ ἐχθροί σου σπεύσαιέν τε καὶ ἔσπευσαν σὲ δια- 10 φθεῖρας βουλόμενοι. πρὸς δὲ τούτοις καὶ τοὺς υἱεῖς τοὺς σαυτοῦ ἔμουγε δοκεῖς προδιδόναι, οὖς σοι ἐξὸν καὶ D ἐκθρέψαι καὶ ἐκπαιδεῦσαι οἰχήσει καταλιπών, καὶ τὸ σὸν μέρος, ὅ,τι ἂν τύχωσι, τοῦτο πράξουσι" τεύξονται δέ, ὡς τὸ εἰκός, τοιούτων οἷάπερ εἴωθε γύγνεσθαι ἐν 15 ταῖς ὀρφανίαις περὶ τοὺς ὀρφανούς. ἢ γὰρ οὐ χρὴ ποιεῖσθαι παῖδας, ἢ ξυνδιαταλαιπωρεῖν καὶ τρέφοντα καὶ παιδεύοντα" σὺ δέ μοι δοκεῖς τὰ ῥᾳθυμότατα ai- ρεῖσθαι" χρὴ δέ, ἅπερ ἂν ἀνὴρ ἀγαθὸς καὶ ἀνδρεῖος ἕλοιτο, ταῦτα αἱρεῖσθαι, φάσκοντά γε δὴ ἀρετῆς διὰ 20 παντὸς τοῦ βίου ἐπιμελεῖσθαι: ὡς ἔγωγε καὶ ὑπὲρ σοῦ E καὶ ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν τῶν σῶν ἐπιτηδείων αἰσχύνομαι, μὴ δόξῃ ἅπαν τὸ πρῶγμα “τὸ περὶ σὲ ἀνανδρίᾳ τινὶ τῇ ἡμετέρᾳ πεπρᾶχθαι, καὶ ἡ εἴσοδος τῆς δίκης [εἰς τὸ δικαστήριον) ὡς εἰσῆλθεν ἔξὸν μὴ εἰσελθεῖν, καὶ αὐτὸς 25. ὁ ἀγὼν [τῆς δίκης] ὡς ἐγένετο, καὶ τὸ τελευταῖον δὴ τουτί, ὥσπερ κατάγελως τῆς πράξεως, κακίᾳ τινὶ καὶ ἀνανδρίᾳ τῇ ἡμετέρᾳ διαπεφευγέναι ἡμᾶς δοκεῖν, οἵτινές 46 σε οὐχὶ ἐσώσαμεν οὐδὲ σὺ σαυτόν, οἷόν τε ὃν καὶ
8 σαυτὸν Bodl. Tiib. σεαυτὸν Bekk. 9 ἔσπευσάν ce Bokk. 15 χρῆν Bekk.: but χρὴ Bodl. Tiib. with five mss. 17 3 ἐμοὶ Bekk. against the mss, 23 els τὸ δικαστήριον bracketed by Schleiermacher, but Bekk. considers the words genuine. 94
εἰσῆλθες Bekk. but εἰσῆλθεν is the orig. reading of the Bodl. and Tiib. 25 τῆς δίκης rejected by Forster.
44 ITAATONOS
δυνατόν, εἴ τι καὶ σμικρὸν ἡμῶν ὄφελος ἦν, ταῦτ᾽ οὖν,
φ Σ vA \ @ a a ar ? \ ί ὦ Σώκρατες, ὅρα μὴ ἅμα τῷ κακῷ καὶ αἰσχρὰ ἢ σο .τε καὶ ἡμῖν. ἀλλὰ βουλεύον, μᾶλλον δὲ οὐδὲ Bov- λεύεσθαι ἔτι ὥρα, ἀλλὰ βεβουλεῦσθαι. μία δὲ βουλή" τῆς γὰρ ἐπιούσης νυκτὸς πάντα ταῦτα δεῖ πεπρᾶχθαι. καὶ εἰ δέ τι περιμενοῦμεν, ἀδύνατον καὶ οὐκέτι οἷόν τε. ἀλλὰ παντὶ τρόπῳ, ὦ Σώκρατες, πείθου μοι καὶ μηδα- μῶς ἄλλως ποίει.
VIL 30. Ὦ dire Κρίτων, ἡ προθυμία σου πολ- λοῦ ἀξία, εἰ μετά τινος ὀρθότητος εἴη" εἰ δὲ μή, ὅσῳ 10 μείζων, τοσούτῳ χαλεπωτέρα. σκοπεῖσθαι οὖν χρὴ ἡμᾶς, εἴτε ταῦτα πρακτέον εἴτε μή" ὡς ἐγὼ οὐ μόνον νῦν ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀεὶ τοιοῦτος, οἷος τῶν ἐμῶν μηδενὶ ἄλλῳ πείθεσθαι ἣ τῷ λόγῳ, ὃς ἄν μοι λογιζομένῳ βέλτιστος φαίνηται, τοὺς δὲ λόγους, ods ἐν τῷ ἔμπροσθεν ἔλε- τς
9 , a 3 a 9 μ U4 e ’
γον, οὐ δύναμαι νῦν ἐκβαλεῖν, ἐπειδή μοι ἥδε ἡ τύχη
" ᾿ γέγονεν, ἀλλὰ σχεδόν τι ὅμοιοι φαίνονταί μοι, καὶ τοὺς αὐτοὺς πρεσβεύω καὶ τιμῶ οὕσπερ καὶ πρότερον" Ad .Ἁ \ 4 »” ’ 4 “a ’ bd ὧν ἐὰν μὴ βελτίω ἔχωμεν λέγειν ἐν τῷ παρόντι, εὖ . Ω ᾽ , , 70 a 4 A ἦσθε ὅτε ov μή σοι ξυγχωρήσω, οὐδ᾽ av πλείω τῶν 20 νῦν παρόντων ἡ τῶν πολλῶν δύναμις ὥσπερ παῖδας ἡμᾶς μορμολύττηται, δεσμοὺς καὶ θανάτουφ ἐπιπέμ- πουσα καὶ χρημάτων ἀφαιρέσεις. πτῶς οὖν ἂν μετριώ- Tata σκοποίμεθα αὐτά; εἰ πρῶτον μὲν τοῦτον τὸν λό- γον ἀναλάβοιμεν, ὃν σὺ λέγεις περὶ τῶν δοξῶν, πότε- 25
a , e ἢ a w of A “ A
pov καλώς ἐλέγετο ἑκάστοτε ἢ οὔ, ὅτι ταῖς μὲν δεῖ τῶν δοξῶν προσέχειν τὸν νοῦν, ταῖς δὲ οὔ. ἢ πρὶν μὲν ἐμὲ δεῖν ἀποθνήσκειν καλῶς ἐλέγετο, νῦν δὲ κατάδηλος ἄρα ἐγένετο, ὅτε ἄλλως ἕνεκα λόγου ἐλέγετο, ἦν δὲ ᾿ \ \ / ς 4 a af 3 παιδιὰ καὶ φλυαρία ὡς ἀληθῶς; ἐπιθυμῶ δ᾽ ἔγωγ᾽ 30 ἐπισκέψασθαι, ὦ Κρίτων, κοινῇ μετὰ σοῦ, εἴ τί μοι
δ᾽ ταῦτα πάντα Bekk. with four mss, πάντα ταῦτα Bodl. Tub.
a ‘i δὲ in an eras. in Bodl. and Τρ. 30 ἔγωγ᾽ Bodl. (not Liib.
KPITON. 45
ἀλλοιότεῤος φανεῖται, ἐπειδὴ ᾧδε ἔχω, ἢ ὁ αὐτός, καὶ ἐάσομεν χαίρειν ἢ πεισόμεθα αὐτῷ. ἐλέγετο δέ πως, ὡς ἐγῴμαι, ἑκάστοτε ὧδε ὑπὸ τῶν οἰομένων TE. λέγειν, - ὥσπερ νῦν δὴ ἐγὼ ἔλεγον, ὅτε τῶν δοξῶν, ἃς οἱ ἄνθρω-
ς ποι δοξάζουσι, δέοι τὰς μὲν περὶ πολλοῦ ποιεῖσθαε, Ἐὶ τὰς δὲ μή. τοῦτο πρὸς θεῶν, ὦ Ἰζρίτων, οὐ δοκεῖ κα- λῶς σοι λέγεσθαι; σὺ γάρ, toa γε τἀνθρώπεια, ἐκτὸς εἶ τοῦ μέλλειν ἀποθνήσκειν αὔριον, καὶ οὐκ ἄν. σε πα- 47 ρακρούοι ἡ παροῦσα ξυμφορά᾽ σκόπει δή" οὐχ ἱκανῶς
10 δοκεῖ σοι λέγεσθαι, ὅτι οὐ πάσας χρὴ τὰς δόξας tax ἀνθρώπων τιμᾶν, ἀλλὰ τὰς μέν, τὰς δ᾽ οὔ; οὐδὲ πάν- των, ἀλλὰ τῶν μῶν, τῶν δ᾽ οὔ; τί φής; ταῦτα οὐχὶ
καλῶς λέγεται; KP, Καλώς. 15 22. Οὐκοῦν τὰς μὲν χρηστὰς τιμῶν, τὰς δὲ πονη- ρὰς μή; KP. Nal.
20. Χρησταὶ δὲ οὐχ ai τῶν φρονίμων, πονηραὶ
δὲ αἱ τῶν ἀφρόνων; 2. ΚΡ, Πώς δ' οὔ,
ὙΠ. «-ΣΩ. Φέρε δή, πῶς αὖ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἔλεγετο ; γυμναζόμενος ἀνὴρ καὶ τοῦτο πράττων πότερον παντὸς ἀνδρὸς ἐπαίνῳ καὶ ψόγῳ καὶ δόξῃ τὸν νοῦν προσέχει, Β ἢ ἑνὸς μόνου ἐκείνου, ὃς ἂν τυγχάνῃ ἰατρὸς ἢ παιδο-
25 τρίβης wr;
ΚΡ. ‘Evos μόνον.
XQ. Οὐκοῦν φοβεῖσθαι χρὴ τοὺς ψόγους καὶ ἀσπάξεσθαε τοὺς ἐπαίνους τοὺς τοῦ ἑνὸς ἐκείνον, ἀλλὰ μὴ τοὺς τῶν πολλῶν.
30 ΚΡ, Δῆλα δή. a
20. Ταύτῃ dpa αὐτῷ πρακτέον καὶ γυμναστέον
3 τι λέγειν Bekk.: τὶ γ. Cron with the Bod, 11 sq. The
whole passage from οὐδὲ to τῶν δ᾽ of was originally wanting in both Bodl. and Tiib., and has been supplied by other hands,
46 ΠΛΑΤΩΝΟΣ
καὶ ἐδεστέον γε καὶ ποτέον, ἦ ἂν τῷ ἑνὶ δοκῇ τῷ ἐπι- στάτῃ καὶ ἐπαΐοντι, μᾶλλον ἢ ἧ ξύμπασι τοῖς ἄλλοις. C. KP. Ἔστι ταῦτα.
ΣΩ. Elev. ἀπειθήσαφς δὲ τῷ ἑνὶ καὶ ἀτιμάσας
᾿ αὐτοῦ τὴν δόξαν καὶ τοὺς ἐπαίνους, τιμήσας δὲ τοὺς 5 τῶν πολλῶν [λόγους] καὶ μηδὲν ἐπαϊόντων, dpa οὐδὲν κακὸν πείσεται;
KP. Πώς yap οὔ;
=. Τί δ᾽ gore τὸ κακὸν τοῦτο; καὶ ποῖ τείνει, καὶ εἰς τί τῶν τοῦ ἀπειθοῦντος: 10
KP. Δῆλον ὅτι εἰς τὸ σῶμα. τοῦτο yap διόλλυσι.
ΣΩ. Καλῶς λέγεις. οὐκοῦν καὶ τἄλλα, ὦ Κρίτων, οὕτως, ἵνα μὴ πάντα διΐωμεν, καὶ δὴ καὶ περὶ τῶν δι- καίων καὶ ἀδίκων καὶ αἰσχρῶν καὶ καλῶν καὶ ἀγαθῶν καὶ κακῶν, περὶ ὧν νῦν ἡ βουλὴ ἡμῖν ἐστι, πότερον 15 D τῇ τῶν πολλῶν δόξῃ δεῖ ἡμᾶς ὄπεσθαι καὶ φοβεῖσθαι αὐτήν, ἢ τῇ τοῦ ἑνός, εἴ τίς ἐστιν ἐπαΐων, ὃν δεῖ καὶ αἰσχύνεσθαι. καὶ φοβεῖσθαι μᾶλλον ἣ ξύμπαντας τοὺς ἄλλους; ᾧ εἰ μὴ ἀκολουθήσομεν, διαφθεροῦμεν ἐ ἐκεῖνο καὶ λωβησόμεθα, ὃ τῷ μὲν δικαίῳ βέλτιον ὀγύγνετο, 20 t@ δὲ ἀδίκῳ ἀπώλλυτο. ἢ οὐδέν ἐστι τοῦτο;
ΚΡ, Olpas ἄγωγε, ὦ Σώκρατεφ.
VIIL ΣΩ. Φέρε δή, ἐὰν τὸ ὑπὸ τοῦ ὑγιεινοῦ μὲν βέλτιον γυγνόμενον, ὑπὸ τοῦ νοσώδους δὲ διαφθειρόμε- νον διολέσωμεν πειθόμενοι μὴ τῇ τῶν ἐπαϊόντων δόξῃ, 25 dpa βιωτὸν ἡμῖν ἐστι διεφθαρμένον αὐτοῦ; ἔστι δέ E που τοῦτο τὸ σῶμα. ἢ οὐχί;
ΚΡ, Ναί
θ λόγου» is given by the Bodl. and three other mss., but om. in others. Bekk. omits it altogether in his text. 1] διόλλυσι» Bekk. 16 I follow the Bodl. and Tiib.: ἡμῖν ἐστὶν 4 βουλή Bekk, with the old editions,
᾿ KPITON. 47
ΣΩ. *Ap’ atv βιωτὸν ἡμῖν ἐστι μετὰ κοχθηροῦ καὶ διεφθαρμένου σώματος; ΚΡ, Οὐδαμώς. ΣΩ. ᾿Αλλὰ per’ ἐκείνου ἄρ᾽ ἡμῖν βιωτὸν διεφθαρ- | 5 μένου, ᾧ τὸ ἄδικον μὲν λωβᾶται, τὸ δὲ δίκαιον ὀνίνη- σιν; ἢ φαυλότερον ἡγούμεθα εἶναι τοῦ σώματος ἐκεῖνο,
ὅ,τι ποτ᾽ ἐστὶ τῶν ἡμετέρων, περὶ ὃ ἥ τε ἀδικία καὶ ἡ 48
δικαιοσύνη ἐστίν;
KP. Οὐδαμῶς.
190 ΣΩ. ᾿Αλλὰ τιμιώτερον;
ΚΡ, Πολύ γε.
ΣΩ. Οὐκ ἄρα, ὦ βέλτιστε, πάνυ ἡμῖν οὕτω φρον- τιστέον, τί ἐροῦσιν οἱ πολλοὶ ἡμᾶς, ἀλλ᾽ ὅ,τι ὁ ἐπαΐων “περὶ τῶν δικαίων καὶ ἀδίκων, ὁ εἷς, καὶ αὐτὴ ἡ ἀλή-
15 θεια. ὥστε πρῶτον μὲν ταύτῃ οὐκ ὀρθῶς εἰσηγεῖ, εἰση- γούμενος τῆς τῶν πολλῶν δόξης δεῖν ἡμᾶς φροντίζειν περὶ τῶν δικαίων καὶ καλῶν καὶ ὠγαθῶν καὶ τῶν ἐναν- τίων. ἀλλὰ μὲν δή, φαίη γ᾽ ἄν τις, οἷοί 7’ εἰσὶν ἡμᾶς οἱ πολλοὶ ἀποκτιννύναι;
20 ΚΡ, Andra δὴ καὶ ταῦτα' φαίη γὰρ ἄν, ὦ Σώ-Β κρατες,
ΧΩ. ᾿Αληθῆ λέγεις. ἀλλ᾽, ὦ θαυμάσιε, οὗτός τε ὃ λόγος, ὃν διεληλύθαμεν, ἔμουγε δοκεῖ ὅτι ὅμοιος εἶναι τῷ καὶ πρότερον" καὶ τόνδε αὖ σκόπει, εἰ ἔτι μένει
ας ἡμῖν 7 οὔ, ὅτι οὐ τὸ ζῆν περὶ πλείστου ποιητέον, ἀλλὰ τὸ ev ζῆν.
KP. ᾿Αλλὰ μένει.
=. Τὸ δὲ εὖ καὶ καλῶς καὶ δικαίως ὅτι ταὐτόν ἐστι, μένει ἢ οὐ μένει ;
4 dp Bodl. Titb,: dpa the edd. 13 τί ἐροῦσιν Bodl. Titb. with five other mss.: 8 τι ἐροῦσιν Bekk. 48 ἔτι after δοκεῖ is
given on the authority of the Bodl. and Tiib. and three other mss., . the others omit it. Madvig Adv. Crit. 1 p. 369 omits τῷ.
48 TIAATONOS KP. Meves
IX. 20. Οὐκ οὖν ἐκ τῶν ὁμολογουμένων τοῦτο.
σκεπτέον, πότερον δίκαιον ἐμὲ ἐνθένδε πειρᾶσθαε ἐξιέ- Ο yas μὴ ἀφιέντων ᾿Αθηναίων, ἣ οὐ δίκαιον ; καὶ ἐὰν μὲν
φαίνηται δίκαιον, πειρώμεθα, εἰ δὲ μή, ἐῶμεν. ἃς δὲ σὺ ς
λέγεις τὰς σκέψεις περί τε ἀναλώσεως χρημάτων καὶ δόξης καὶ παίδων τροφῆς, μὴ ὡς ἀληθῶς ταῦτα, ὦ Κρίτων, σκέμματα ἦ τῶν ῥᾳδίως ἀποκτιννύντων καὶ ἀναβιωσκομένων γ᾽ ἄν, εἰ οἷοί τ᾽ ἦσαν, οὐδενὶ ξὺν νῷ, τούτων τῶν πολλῶν. ἡμῖν δ᾽, ἐπειδὴ ὁ λόγος οὕτως αἱρεῖ, μὴ οὐδὲν ἄλλο σκεπτέον 7 ἢ ὅπερ νῦν δὴ ἐλέγο- μεν, “πότερον- δίκαια πράξομεν καὶ χρήματα τελοῦντες D τούτοις τοῖς ἐμὲ ἐνθένδε ἐξάξουσι καὶ χάριτας, καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐξάγοντές τε κρὶ ἐξωγόμενοι, ἣ τῇ ἀληθείᾳ ἀδική- σομεν πάντα ταῦτα ποιοῦντες" Kav φαινώμεθα ἄδικα αὐτὰ ἐργαζόμενοι, μὴ οὐ δέῃ ὑπολογίζεσθαι οὔτ᾽ εἰ ἀποθνήσκειν δεῖ παραμένοντας καὶ ἡσυχίαν ἄγοντας, οὔτε ἄλλο ὁτιοῦν πάσχειν πρὸ τοῦ ἀδικεῖν.
ΚΡ, Καλῶς μέν μοι δοκεῖς λέγειν, ὦ Σώκρατες, dpa δὲ τί δρώμεν.
ΣΩ. Σκοπῶμεν, ὦ ᾿᾽γαθέ, κοινῇ, καὶ εἴ πῃ ἔχεις ἀντιλέγειν ἐμοῦ λέγοντος, ἀντίλεγε, καί σοι πείσομαι" E εἰ δὲ μή, παῦσαι ἤδη, ὦ μακάριε, πολλάκις μοι λέγων τὸν αὐτὸν λόγον, ὡς χρὴ ἐνθένδε ἀκόντων ᾿Αθηναίων
15
20
ἐμὲ ἀπιέναι" ὡς ἐγὼ περὶ πολλοῦ ποιοῦμαι πείσας 25
σε ταῦτα πράττειν, ἀλλὰ μὴ ἄκοντος. ὅρα δὲ δὴ
49 τῆς σκέψεως τὴν ἀρχήν, ἐάν σοι ἱκανῶς λέγηται,
a 9 4 A 3 “ a ’ καὶ πειρῶ ἀποκρίψεσθαι τὸ ἐρωτώμενον, ἡ ἂν μά-
Mota οἴῃ. KP. ᾿Αλλὰ πειράσομαι,
6 ἀναλώσεως χρημάτων Bodl. Tiib.: χρημ. dvad. Bekk. 9r ‘Bodl., re Tiib. 15 πάντα ταῦτα Bodl. Tiib., ταῦτα π. the edd. 25 πεῖσαί ge Bekk, with the mss,: πείσας σε Buttmann,
30
KPITON. 49 ΣΧ, FO. Οὐδενὶ τρόπῳ φαμὲν ἑκόντας ἀδικητέον
“ εἶναι, ἢ τινὶ μὲν ἀδικητέον τρόπῳ, τινὶ δὲ οὔ; ἢ οὐ- δαμῶς τό γε ἀδικεῖν οὔτε ἀγαθὸν οὔτε καλόν, ὡς πολ- λάκις ἡμῖν καὶ ἐν τῷ ἔμπροσθεν χρόνῳ ὡμολογήθη": [ὅπερ καὶ ἄρτι ἐλέγετο] ἢ πᾶσαι ἡμῖν ἐκεῖναι ais πρόσθεν ὁμολογίας ἐν ταῖσδε ταῖς ὀλίγαις ἡμέραις ἐκκεχυμέναε εἰσί, καὶ πάλαι, ὦ Kpitwy, ἄρα τηλικοίδε
Β [γέροντες] ἄνδρες πρὸς ἀλλήλους σπουδῇ διαλεγόμενοι ἐλάθομεν ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς παίδων οὐδὲν διαφέροντες; ἢ παντὸς μᾶλλον οὕτως ἔχει, ὥσπερ τότε ἐλέγετο ἡμῖν, το εἴτε φασὶν οἱ πολλοὲ εἴτε μή, καὶ εἴτε δεῖ ἡμᾶς ἔτι τῶνδε χαλειτώτερα πάσχειν εἴτε καὶ πραότερα, ὅμως τό γε ἀδικεῖν τῷ ἀδικοῦντε καὶ κακὸν καὶ αἰσχρὸν τυγχάνει ὃν παντὶ τρόπῳ; φαμὲν ἡ οὔ ;
ΚΡ, Φαμέν. 15
20. Οὐδαμῶς dpa δεῖ ἀδικεῖν.
ΚΡ, Οὐ δῆτα.
ΣΏ. Οὐδὲ ἀδικούμενον ἄρα ἀνταδικεῖν, ὡς οἱ πολ- Aoi οἴονται, ἐπειδή γε οὐδαμῶς δεῖ ἀδικεῖν.
C ΚΡ. Οὐ φανφεται. 20
ΣΩ. Τί δὲ δή; κακουργεῖν δεῖ, ὦ ἸΚρίτων, 7 οὔ;
KP. Οὐ δεῖ δή που, ὦ Σώκρατες.
=. Τί δέ; ἀντικακουργεῖν κακῶς πᾶσ χύυτα ὡς οἱ πολλοί Sani. δίκαιον 7 ov δίκαιον ;
KP. Οὐδαμώς. : 25
20. Td yap mov κακῶς ποιεῖν ἀνθρώπους τοῦ ἀδικεῖν οὐδὲν διαφέρει.
ΚΡ, ᾿Αληθῆ λέγεις.
ΣΩ. Οὔτε ἄρα ἀνταδικεῖν δεῖ οὔτε κακῶς ποιεῖν
5 [ὅπερ καὶ ἄρτι ere] without brackets in Bekk.’s text. 8 wijerrer bracketed ake 21 Τί δαὶ δή Here. and δαὶ seems here also given, by the Badl.
W. P. A is 4
50 TIAATONOS
οὐδένα ἀνθρώπων, οὐδ᾽ ἂν ὁτιοῦν πάσχῃ ὑπ᾽ αὐτῶν. καὶ cpa, ὦ Κρίτων, ταῦτα καθομολογῶν, Eras μὴ D παρὰ δόξαν ὁμολογῇς. οἷδα γὰρ ὅτι ὀλύγοις τισὶ ταῦτα καὶ δοκεῖ καὶ δόξει. οἷς οὖν οὕτω δέδοκται καὶ _ Sols μή, τούτοις οὐκ ἔστι κοινὴ βουλή, ἀλλ᾽ ἀνάγκη τούτους ἀλλήλων καταφρονεῖν, ὁρῶντας τὰ ἀλλήλων βουλεύματα. σκόπει δὴ οὖν καὶ σὺ εὖ μάλα, πότερον κοινωνεῖς καὶ ξυνδοκεῖ σοι καὶ ἀρχώμεθα ἐντεῦθεν βουλευόμενοι, ὡς οὐδέποτε ὀρθῶς ἔχοντος οὔτε τοῦ 10 ἀδικεῖν οὔτε τοῦ ἀνταδικεῖν οὔτε κακῶς πάσχοντα ἀμύνεσθαι ἀντιδρῶντα κακῶς" ἢ ἀφίστασαι καὶ οὐ κοινωνεῖς τῆς ἀρχῆς; ἐμοὶ μὲν γὰρ καὶ πάλαι οὕτω E καὶ νῦν ἔτι δοκεῖ, σοὶ δ᾽ εἴ πη ἄλλῃ δέδοκται, λέγε καὶ δίδασκε. εἰ δ᾽ ἐμμένεις τοῖς πρόσθεν, τὸ μετὰ 15 τοῦτο ἄκουε.
ΚΡ, ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἐμμένω τε καὶ ξυνδοκεῖ μοι’ ἀλλὰ λέγε. '
ΣΏ. Λέγω δὴ αὖ τὸ μετὰ τοῦτο, μᾶλλον δ᾽ ἐρωτῶ" πότερον ἃ ἄν τις ὁμολογήσῃ τῳ δίκαια ὄντα ποιη-
20 τέον ἢ ἐξαπατητέον ;
ΚΡ, Ποιητέον.
ΧΙ. 30. Ἔκ τούτων δὴ ἄθρει. ἀπιόντες ἐνθένδε ἡμεῖς μὴ πείσαντες τὴν πόλιν πότερον κακῶς τινας ποιοῦμεν, καὶ ταῦτα ods ἥκιστα δεῖ, ἣ οὔ; καὶ ἐμ- 50
25 μένομεν οἷς ὡμολογήσαμεν δικαίοις οὖσιν 4 ov;
ΚΡ, Οὐκ ἔχω, ὦ Σώκρατες, ἀποκρίνασθαι πρὸς ὃ ἐρωτᾷς" οὐ γὰρ ἐννοῶ.
XO. ᾿Αλλ’ Pde σκόπει. ef μέλλουσιν ἡμῖν ἐνθένδε εἴτε ἀποδιδράσκειν, εἴθ᾽ ὅπως δεῖ ὀνομάσαι τοῦτο, ἐλ»
30 θόντες οἱ νόμοι καὶ τὸ κοινὸν τῆς πτόλεως ἐπιστάντες ἔροιντο' εὖπέ μοι, ὦ Σώκρατες, τί ἐν νῷ ἔχεις ποιεῖν; ἄλλο τι ἢ τούτῳ τῷ ἔργῳ, ᾧ ἐπιχειρεῖς, διανοεῖ τούς
14 δ᾽ Bodl. Tiib., δὲ the edd.
_ KPITON. 51
Bre νόμους ἡμᾶς ἀπολέσαι καὶ ξύμπασαν τὴν πόλιν τὸ σὸν μέρος ; ἢ δοκεῖ σοι οἷόν τε ἔτι ἐκείνην τὴν πόλιν εἶναι καὶ μὴ ἀνατετράφθαι, ἐν ὃ αἱ γενόμεναι δίκαε μηδὲν ἰσχύουσιν, ἀλλ᾽ ὑπὸ ἰδιωτῶν ἄκυροί τε γέγνονταε καὶ διαφθείρονται; τί ἐροῦμεν, ὦ Κρίτων, ς πρὸς ταῦτα καὶ ἄλλα τοιαῦτα; πολλὰ γὰρ dy τις ἔχοι, ἄλλως Te καὶ ῥήτωρ, εἰπεῖν ὑπὲρ τούτου τοῦ νόμου ἀπολλυμίφου, ὃς τὰς δίκας τὰς δικασθείσας προστάτ- τει κυρίας elvas. ἣ ἐροῦμεν πρὸς αὐτοὺς ὅτι ἠδίκει γὰρ
Ὁ ἡμᾶς ἡὶ πόλες καὶ οὐκ ὀρθῶς τὴν δίκην ἔκρινε; ταῦτα το ἢ τί ἐροῦμεν;
ΚΡ. Ταῦτα νὴ AL, ὦ Σώκρατες.
XII. ΣΩ. Τί οὖν, ἂν εἴπωσιν οἱ νόμοι' ὦ Σω- κρατες, ἢ καὶ ταῦτα ὡμολόγητο ἡμῖν τε καὶ σοί, ἣ ἐμμένειν ταῖς δίκαις αἷς ἂν ἡ πόλις δικάξῃ; εἰ οὖν av- τς τῶν θαυμάζοιμεν λεγόντων, ἴσως ἂν εἴποιεν ὅτι ὦ Σώ- κρατες, μὴ θαύμαζε τὰ λεγόμενα, ἀλλ᾽ ἀποκρίνου, ἐπειδὴ καὶ εἴωθας χρῆσθαι τῷ ἐρωτᾶν τε καὶ ἀποκρί-
D νεσθαι. φέρε γάρ, τί ἐγκαλῶν ἡμῖν καὶ τῇ πόλει ἐπι- χειρεῖς ἡμᾶς ἀπολλύναι; οὐ πρῶτον μέν σε ἐγεννήσα- 20 μεν ἡμεῖς, καὶ δι’ ἡμῶν ἐλάμβανε τὴν μητέρα σον᾽ ὁ πατὴρ καὶ ἐφύτευσέ σε; φράσον οὖν, τούτοις ἡμῶν, τοῖς νόμοις τοῖς περὶ τοὺς γάμους, μέμφει τι ὡς οὐ καλῶς ἔχουσιν; οὐ μέμφομαι, φαίην ἄν. ἀλλὰ τοῖς περὶ τὴν τοῦ γενομένου τροφήν τε καὶ παιδείαν, ἐν ἣ 25 καὶ σὺ ἐπαιδεύθης ; ἦ οὐ. καλῶς προσέταττον ἡμῶν οἱ ἐπὶ τούτοις τεταγμένοι νόμοι, παραγγέλλοντες τῷ πα-
E tpt τῷ σῷ σε ἐν μουσικῇ καὶ γυμναστικῇ παιδεύειν;
8 ἐν ὃ ἂν Bekk.: ἂν om. Bodl. m. 1 Ttb., and four other mss. ἐσχύουσιν only four mas, ἰσχύωσιν Bodl. Tilb. and Bekk. δ γίγνονται καὶ διαφθεί Βοάϊ, m. 1, but » is written above ο in both words. 19 duiv re Bekk. with only two mas. 21 ἔλαβε
Bekk.: ἐλάμβανε Bodl, Tiib. with four other mss, 97 ἐπὶ τούτοις Bodl, Tiib. with four other mss.: ἐπὶ τούτῳ Bekk, ais
52 TIAATONOS
καλῶς, φαίην ἄν. εἶεν. ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἐγένου re καὶ ἐξε- τράφης καὶ ἐπαιδεύθης, ἔχοις av εἰπεῖν πρῶτον͵ μὲν ὡς οὐχὶ ἡμέτερος ἦσθα καὶ ἔκγονος καὶ δοῦλος, αὐτός τε e \ , ΑἉ 3 le) of μή = 9 3 καὶ of σοὶ πρόγονοι; καὶ εἰ τοῦθ᾽ οὕτως ἔχει, ap’ ἐξ ww 9 ᾶφ A ‘ ὃ ’ ΑἉ en (4 9 a 5 ἴσου οἴει εἶναι σοὶ τὸ δίκαιον καὶ ἡμῖν, καὶ ἅττ᾽ ἂν ἡμεῖς σε ἐπιχειρῶμεν ποιεῖν, καὶ σὺ ταῦτα ἀντιποιεῖν οἴει δίκαιον εἶναι; ἢ πρὸς μὲν ἄρα σοι τὸν πατέρα οὐκ ἐξ ἴσον ἦν τὸ δίκαιον καὶ πρὸς τὸν δεσπότην, εἴ σοι ὧν ἐτύγχανεν, ὥστε, ἄπερ πάσχοις, ταῦτα καὶ ἀντιποιεῖν, 10 οὔτε κακῶς ἀκούοντα ἀντιλέγειν οὔτε τυπτόμενον ἀντι- 51 τύπτειν οὔτε ἄλλα τοιαῦτα πολλά πρὸς δὲ τὴν πα- ψ ’ 40. cr x?” τρίδα dpa καὶ τοὺς νόμους ἐξέσται σοι, ὥστε, ἐάν σε ἐπιχειρῶμεν ἡμεῖς ἀπολλύναι δίκαιον ἡγούμενοι εἶναι, ‘ x, ¢€ a \ ) Ἁ “ vA καὶ σὺ δὲ ἡμᾶς τοὺς νόμους καὶ τὴν πατρίδα καθ᾽ ὅσον ’ 3 , 9 c A , a“ 15 δύνασαι ἐπιχειρήσεις ἀνταπολλύναι, καὶ φήσεις ταῦτα ποιῶν δίκαια πράττειν, ὁ τῇ ἀληθείᾳ τῆς ἀρετῆς ἐπι- μελόμενος; ἦ οὕτως εἶ σοφός, ὥστε λέληθέ σε ὅτι μη- τρός τε καὶ πατρὸς καὶ τῶν ἄλλων προγόνων ἁπάντων τιμιώτερόν ἐστιν ἡ πατρὶς Kal σεμνότερον καὶ ἁγιώτε- 20 ρον καὶ ἐν μείζονι μοίρᾳ καὶ παρὰ θεοῖς καὶ παρ᾽ ἀν- B ᾿θρώποις τοῖς νοῦν ἔχουσι, καὶ σέβεσθαι δεῖ καὶ μᾶλ- λον ὑπείκειν καὶ θωπεύειν πατρίδα χαλεπαίνουσαν ἣ J a a a a 4 4 - ἢ πατέρα, καὶ ἢ πείθειν ἢ ποιεῖν ἃ ay κελεύῃ, καὶ πά- σχεῖν, ἐᾶν TL προστάττῃ παθεῖν, ἡσυχίαν ἄγοντα, ἐάν ες oe 4 ἢ a 9 9 a Ww 25 re τύπτεσθαι ἐάν τε δεῖσθαι, day τε εἰς πόλεμον ἄγῃ τρωθησόμενον ἢ ἀποθανούμενον, ποιητέον ταῦτα, καὶ τὸ δίκαιον οὕτως ἔχει, καὶ οὐχὶ ὑπεικτέον οὐδὲ ἀναχω- ρητέον οὐδὲ λειπτέον τὴν τάξιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν πολέμῳ
1 ἐγένου re Bekk.: τε om. by the Ziirich editors and Hermann ; but the Bodl, and Tiib, have τε. 6 σὺ only two mas. (sea exeg. note): σοὶ Bekk. with the Bodl. Τὰ. and most other mss. 19 τιμιώτερόν ἐστι πατρὶς Bekk. against the Bodl, Tiib, and three other mss.
KPITON. 53
C καὶ ἐν δικαστηρίῳ καὶ πανταχοῦ ποιητέον ὦ av κελεύῃ ἡ πόλις καὶ ἡ πατρίς, ἢ πείθειν αὐτὴν ἦ τὸ δίκαιον πέφυκε, βιάξεσθαι δὲ οὐχ ὅσιον οὔτε μητέρα οὔτε πα- τέρα, πολὺ δὲ τούτων ἔτι ἧττον τὴν πατρίδα; τί φήσο- μεν πρὸς ταῦτα, ὦ Κρίτων; ἀληθῆ λέγειν τοὺς νόμους 5 ἡ οὔ;
ΚΡ, "Ἔμοιγε δοκεῖ.
XTIL 0. Σκόπει τοίνυν, ὦ Σώκρατες, φαῖεν ἂν lows οἱ νόμοι, εἰ ἡμεῖς ταῦτα ἀληθῆ λέγομεν, ὅτι οὐ δίκαια ἡμᾶς ἐπιχειρεῖς δρᾶν ἃ νῦν ἐπιχειρεῖς. ἡμεῖς 10 γάρ σε γεννήσαντες, ἐκθρέψαντες, παιδεύσαντες, ueTa-
D δόντες ἁπάντων ὧν οἷοί τ᾿ ἦμεν καλῶν σοὶ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις πᾶσι πολίταις, ὅμως προαγορεύομεν τῷ ἐξου- σίαν πεποιηκέναι ᾿Αθηναίων τῷ βουλομένῳ, ἐπειδὰν δοκιμασθῇ καὶ ἴδῃ τὰ ἐν τῇ πόλει πράγματα καὶ ἡμᾶς τς τοὺς νόμους, ᾧ dv μὴ ἀρέσκωμεν ἡμεῖς, ἐξεῖναι λα- βόντα τὰ αὑτοῦ ἀπιέναι ὅποι ἂν βούληται. καὶ οὐδεὶς ἡμῶν τῶν νόμων ἐμποδών ἐστιν οὐδ᾽ ἀπαγορεύει, ἐάν
E τέ τις βούληται ὑμῶν εἰς ἀποικίαν ἰέναι, εἰ μὴ ἀρέ- σκομεν ἡμεῖς Te καὶ ἡ πόλις, ἐάν τε μετοικεῖν ἄλλοσέ 20 ποι ἐλθών, ἰέναι ἐκεῖσε ὅποι ὧν βούληται, ἔχοντα τὰ αὑτοῦ. ὃς δ᾽ av ὑμῶν παραμείνῃ, ὁρῶν ὃν τρόπον ἡμεῖς τάς τε δίκας δικάξζομεν καὶ τὦλλα τὴν πόλιν διοικοῦ- μεν, ἤδη φαμὲν τοῦτον ὡμολογηκέναι ἔργῳ ἡμῖν ἃ ἂν ἡμεῖς κελεύωμεν ποιήσειν ταῦτα, καὶ τὸν μὴ πειθόμε- 25 μον τριχῇ φαμὲν ἀδικεῖν, ὅτι τε γεννηταῖς οὖσιν ἡμῖν οὐ πείθεται, καὶ ὅτε τροφεῦσι, καὶ ort ὁμολογήσας ἡμῖν πείθεσθαι οὔτε πείθεται οὔτε πείθει ἡμῶς, εἰ μὴ
ὅ2 καλῶς τι ποιοῦμεν, προτιθέντων ἡμῶν καὶ οὐκ ὠγρίως
8 δὲ Bodl. Ttib., δ΄ the edd. 12 ool re Bekk., but re is om. in Bodl. Ttib., and five other mss. 20 ἀρέσκομεν Mad- vig Adv. Crit. 1. p. 870: ἀρέσκοιμεν the mss. and edd. 26 ye- γήταις Bekk.: see exeg. note. 28 ἡμῖν Tiib. Bodl. m. 1: 7 μὴν Bodl. m. 2 and so also Bekk. πείσεσθαι Madvig Adv. Crit. 1. p. 370.
τὰ TIAATONOS
ἐπιταττόντων ποιεῖν ἃ dy κελεύωμεν, ἀλλὰ ἐφιέντων
a , A a a δυοῖν θάτερα, ἢ πείθειν ἡμᾶς ἢ ποιεῖν, τούτων οὐδέτερα “τοιεῖ. XIV. Ταύταις δή φαμεν καὶ σέ, ὦ Σώκρατες, ταῖς 5 αἰτίαις ἐνέξεσθαι, εἴπερ ποιήσεις ἃ ἐπινοεῖς, καὶ οὐχ ἥκιστα ᾿Αθηναίων σέ, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα. εἰ οὖν > A Ν) > ὃ A [4 ὃ ,. Υ ἐμ δι / f ἐγὼ εἴποιμι" διὰ τί δή; ἴσως ἄν pov δικαίως καθά- πτοιντο λέγοντες, Sts ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα ᾿Αθηναίων ἐγὼ αὐτοῖς ὡμολογηκὼς τυγχάνω ταύτην τὴν ὁμολογίαν. 10 φαῖεν γὰρ ἂν ὅτι ὦ Σώκρατες, μεγάλα ἡμῖν τούτων B τεκμήριά ἐστιν, ὅτε σοι καὶ ἡμεῖς ἠρέσκομεν καὶ ἡ πολις᾽ οὐ γὰρ ἄν ποτε τῶν ἄλλων ᾿Αθηναίων ἁπάντων διαφερέντως ἐν αὐτῇ ἐπεδήμεις, εἰ μή σοι διαφερόντως ἤρεσκε, καὶ οὔτ᾽ ἐπὶ θεωρίαν πώποτ᾽ ἐκ τῆς πόλεως τς ἐξῆλθες, ὅ,τε μὴ ἅπαξ εἰς Ἰσθμόν, οὔτε ἄλλοσε οὐδα- μόσε, εἰ μή ποι στρατευσόμενος, οὔτε ἄλλην ἀποδη- , ’ ᾿ ἢ “ © ν- v 209 μίαν ἐποιήσω πώποτε, ὥσπερ οἱ ἄλλοι ἄνθρωποι, οὐδ 5 U Ls ’ Δ w. ῇ)Ἅ ἐπιθυμία σε ἄλλης πόλεως οὐδὲ ἄλλων νόμων ἔλαβεν εἰδέναι, ἀλλὰ ἡμεῖς σοι ixavol ἦμεν καὶ ἡ ἡμετέρα 20 πόλις" οὕτω σφόδρα ἡμᾶς ἡροῦ, καὶ ὡμολόγεις καθ᾽ C ἡμᾶς πολιτεύεσθαι, τά τε ἄλλα καὶ παῖδας ἐν αὐτῇ ἐποιήσω, ὡς ἀρεσκούσης σοι τῆς πόλεως. ἔτι τοίνυν ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ δίκῃ ἐξῆν σοι φυγῆς τιμήσασθαε, εἰ ἐβούλου, καὶ ὅπερ νῦν ἀκούσης τῆς πόλεως ἐπιχειρεῖς, τότε 25 ἑκούσης ποιῆσαι. σὺ δὲ τότε μὲν ἐκαλλωπίζου ὡς οὐκ ἀγανακτῶν, εἰ δέοι τεθνάναι σε, ἀλλὰ ἡροῦ, ὡς ἔφησθα, La a , a en Se Ok N , πρὸ τῆς φυγῆς θάνατον" νῦν δὲ οὔτ᾽ ἐκείνους τοὺς λο- yous αἰσχύνει, οὔτε ἡμῶν τῶν νόμων ἐντρέπεε, ἐπέχει- ρῶν διαφθεῖραι, πράττεις τε ἅπερ av δοῦλος φαυλό- D
2, δυοῖν Bodl. Tiib. and most mss.: δυεῖν Bekk. with -only one ms. 121 πώποτ᾽ Bodl. Tib., πώποτε theedd. 15 6, τι μὴ ἅπαξ els 'IoOu6y om. in the Tiib., supplied in the marg. Bodl. (with the omission of els). Other mss. contain them and they appear to be necessary for the text. 17 ἐποιήσω drodnulay Bekk, 18 οὐδὲ
‘Bodl. Τὰ. 26 ἀλλὰ Bodl. Tiib., ἀλλ᾽ the edd. 29 δοῦλος ὁ
KPITON. - 55
τατος πράξειεν, ἀποδιδράσκειν ἐπιχειρῶὼν παρὰ τὰς ° \ Ἁ ς ’ A ς a , ξυνθήκας τε καὶ τὰς ὁμολογίας, καθ᾽ ἃς ἡμῖν ξυνέθον ὔ a Ἧ φ ec A “~ 3 9 A 9 πολιτεύεσθαι. πρῶτον μὲν οὖν ἡμῖν TOUT αὐτὸ ἀπό- > 23 a 7 , f e , κρίναι, εἰ ἀληθῆ λέγομεν φάσκοντές σε ὡμολογηκέναι πολιτεύεσθαι καθ᾽ ἡμᾶς ἔργῳ, ἀλλ᾽ οὐ λόγῳ, ἢ οὐκ 5 ἀληθῆ. τί φῶμεν πρὸς ταῦτα, ὦ Κρίτων; ἄλλο τι ἢ [4 A é ομολογωμεν; ΚΡ. ᾿Ανάγκη, ὦ Σώκρατες. QO. ἴΑλλο τι οὖν, av φαῖεν, ἢ ξυνθήκας τὰς πρὸς e A 4 Ἁ [4 ’ 9 e 3-9 U E ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς καὶ ὁμολογίας παραβαίνεις, οὐχ ὑπ᾽ ἀνάγ- το e , FQN 4 \ ΤΩΝ 3 ? 7 4 κης ὁμολογήσας οὐδὲ ἀπατηθεὶς οὐδὲ ἐν ὀλίγῳ χρόνῳ ἀναγκασθεὶς βουλεύσασθαι, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν ἔτεσιν ἑβδομή- κοντα, ἐν οἷς ἐξῆν σοι ἀπιέναι, εἰ μὴ ἠρέσκομεν ἡμεῖς μηδὲ δίκαιαι ἐφαίνοντό cot αἱ ὁμολογίαι εἶναι. σὺ δὲ v A wv ’ ἃ \ eof οὔτε Λακεδαίμονα προῃροῦ οὔτε Κρήτην, ἃς δὴ éxdo- 15 tote φὴς εὐνομεῖσθαι, οὔτε ἄλλην οὐδεμίαν τῶν “E)- 53 ληνίδων πόλεων οὐδὲ τῶν βαρβαρικῶν, ἀλλὰ ἐλάττω 9 > A 9 ’ A e ’ \ XN ἐξ αὐτῆς ἀπεδήμησας ἢ οἱ χωλοί τε καὶ τυφλοὶ καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι ἀνάπηροι" οὕτω σοι διαφερόντως τῶν ἄλλων ᾿Αθηναίων ἤρεσκεν ἡ πόλις τε καὶ οἱ νόμοι ἡμεῖς δῆλον 20 ὅτι" τίνι γὰρ ἂν πόλις ἀρέσκοι ἄνευ νόμων ; νῦν δὲ δὴ οὐκ ἐμμένεις τοῖς ὡμολογημένοις; ἐὰν ἡμῖν γε πείθῃ, ὦ Σώκρατες" καὶ οὐ καταγέλαστός γε ἔσει ἐκ τῆς πόλεως ἐξελθών. XV. Σκόπει γὰρ 6n, ταῦτα παραβὰς καὶ ἐξαμαρ- 25 τάνων TL τούτων τί ὠγαθὸν ἐργάσει σαυτὸν ἢ τοὺς B ἐπιτηδείους τοὺς σαυτοῦ. ὕτι μὲν γὰρ κινδυνεύσουσί γέ σου οἱ ἐπιτήδειοι καὶ αὐτοὶ φεύγειν καὶ στερηθῆναι
φ. Bekk. against the Bodl, ΤΡ. and six other mss. 17 ἀλλ’
Bekk., ἀλλὰ Bodl. Tiib. 20 ἡμεῖς of νόμοι Bekk. with the
Bodl. Tiib.: of νόμοι ἡμεῖς the Ziirich editors with four mss.: ef.
p. 51, 1. 22 ἐμμενεῖς Bekk. with the Bodl. m. 2, ἐμμένεις m. 1.
25 ἐξαμαρτάνων Bodl. Τρ. with four other mss.: ἐξαμαρτών Θ Φ
56 ΠΛΑΤΩΝΟΣ
a? a τῆς πόλεως ἢ τὴν οὐσίαν ἀπολέσαι, σχεδόν τι δῆλον" 4 a αὐτὸς δὲ πρῶτον μὲν ἐὰν εἰς τῶν ἐγγύτατά τινα πόλεων ἔλθης, ἢ Θήβαξε 7 Méyapade— εὐνομοῦνται \ 3 ’ , ef > μ n ’ γὰρ ἀμφότεραν---πτολέμιος ἥξεις, ὦ Σώκρατες, τῇ τού- ὅ τῶν πολιτείᾳ, καὶ ὅσοιπερ κήδονται τῶν αὑτῶν πό- λεών, ὑποβλέψονταί ce διαφθορέα ἡγούμενοι τῶν νόμων, καὶ βεβαιώσεις τοῖς δικασταῖς τὴν δόξαν, 4 a 9 a ‘ , U \ ὥστε δοκεῖν ὀρθῶς τὴν δίκην δικάσαι' ὅστις yap OC νόμων διαφθορεύς ἐστι, σφόδρα πον δόξειεν ἂν νέων yo» 2 9 , \ ,
10 ye καὶ ἀνοήτων ἀνθρώπων διαφθορεὺς εἶναι. πότερον οὖν φεύξει Tas τε εὐνομουμένας πόλεις καὶ τῶν ἀν- δρῶν τοὺς κοσμιωτάτους ; καὶ τοῦτο ποιοῦντι ἄρα ἄξιόν σοι ξὴν ἔσται; ἢ πλησιάσεις τούτοις καὶ avat- σχυντήσεις διαλεγόμενος ---τίνας λόγους, ὦ Σώκρατες; a 4 3 U ΙΑ ε 9 \ e , Ld
15 ἢ οὔσπερ ἐνθάδε, ws ἡ ἀρετὴ καὶ ἡ δικαιοσύνη πλεί- στου ἄξιον τοῖς ἀνθρώποις καὶ τὰ νόμιμα καὶ οἱ νόμοι; καὶ οὐκ oles ἄσχημον ἄν φανεῖσθαι τὸ τοῦ D Σωκράτους πρᾶγμα; οἴεσθαί γε χρή. ἀλλ᾽ ἐκ μὲν
, Co , 3 wn” (iA 3 4 τούτων τῶν τόπων ἀπαρεῖς, ἥξεις δὲ eis Θετταλίαν
20 παρὰ τοὺς ξένους τοὺς ἸἹζρίτωνος" ἐκεῖ γὰρ δὴ πλείστη 3 \ 3 ’ Ν a egs 9 ’ ἀταξία καὶ ἀκολασία, καὶ ἴσως ἂν ἡδέως σου ἀκούοιεν ὡς γελοίως ἐκ τοῦ δεσμωτηρίου ἀπεδίδρασκες σκευὴν
A τέ τινα περιθέμενος, 7 διφθέραν λαβὼν ἢ ἄλλα ola δὴ εἰώθασιν ἐνσκενάζεσθαι οἱ ἀποδιδράσκοντες, καὶ τὸ a A A , - 5“ \ 7. 9 \
25 σχῆμα τὸ σαυτοῦ καταλλάξας" ὅτι δὲ γερὼν ἀνὴρ σμικροῦ χρόνου τῷ βίῳ λοιποῦ ὄντος, ὡς τὸ εἰκός, EF ἐτόλμησας οὕτω αἰσχρῶς ἐπιθυμεῖν ζῆν, νόμους τοὺς μεγίστους παραβάς, οὐδεὶς ὃς ἐρεῖ; ἴσως, av μή τινα λυπῇς" εἰ δὲ μή, ἀκούσει, ὦ Σώκρατες, πολλὰ καὶ 4 "ἢ A ¢ , 4 , ’ 4
30 ἀνάξια σαυτοῦ. ὑπερχόμενος δὴ βιώσει πάντας ἀν-
17 dv is in the Bodl. and Tiib., and in four other mss, 25 καταλλάξας Bodl. Ttib., but the first ms. gives peraAX. in the margin, μεταλλ, the edd. 27 αἰσχρῶς Bodl. Tiib.: but the first ms. gives the common reading γλίσχρως in the margin.
KPITON. 57
θρώπους καὶ δουλεύων' τί ποιῶν ἢ εὐωχούμενος [ἐν Θετταλίᾳ), ὥσπερ ἐπὶ δεῖπνον ἀποδεδημηκὼς εἰς Θετ- ταλίαν; λόγοι δὲ ἐκεῖνοι οὗ περὶ δικαιοσύνης τε καὶ δ4 τῆς ἄλλης ἀρετῆς ποῦ ἡμῖν ἔσονται; ἀλλὰ δὴ τῶν παίδων ἕνεκα βούλει ζῆν, ἵνα αὐτοὺς ἐκθρέψης καὶ Ud ’ , 3 “ \ 3 \ παιδεύσῃς; ti δέ; εἰς Θετταλίαν αὐτοὺς ἀγαγὼν θρέψεις τε καὶ παιδεύσεις, ξένους ποιήσας, ἵνα καὶ τοῦτό [σου] ἀπολαύσωσιν; ἢ τοῦτο μὲν οὔ, αὐτοῦ δὲ τρεφύμενοι σοῦ ζῶντος βέλτιον θρέψονται καὶ παιδεύ- σονται, μὴ ξυνόντος σοῦ αὐτοῖς : οἱ γὰρ ἐπιτήδειοι τὸ οἱ σοὶ ἐπιμελήσονταν αὐτῶν. πότερον ἐὰν εἰς Θεττα- λίαν ἀποδημήσῃς, ἐπιμελήσονται, ἐὰν δὲ εἰς “Asdov
B ἀποδημήσῃς, οὐχὶ ἐπιμελήσονται; εἴπερ γέ Te ὄφελος
αὐτῶν ἐστι τῶν σοὶ φασκόντων ἐπιτηδείων εἶναι, οἴεσθαί ’
γε χρῆ. : 15
XVI. ᾿Αλλ᾽, ὦ Σώκρατες, πειθόμενος ἡμῖν τοῖς σοῖς τροφεῦσι μήτε παῖδας περὶ πλείονος ποιοῦ μήτε τὸ Sv μήτε ἄλλο μηδὲν πρὸ τοῦ δικαίου, ἵνα εἰς “Αἰδου ἐλθὼν ἔχῃς πάντα ταῦτα ἀπολογήσασθαι τοῖς ἐκεῖ ἄρχουσιν" οὔτε γὰρ ἐνθάδε σοι φαίνεται ταῦτα πράτ- 20 τοντί ἄμεινον εἶναι οὐδὲ δικαιότερον οὐδὲ ὁσιώτερον, οὐδὲ ἄλλῳ τῶν σῶν οὐδενί, οὔτε ἐκεῖσε ἀφικομένῳ 4 ΝΜ : Ὁ A 9 ’ φ νΝ" ἄμεινον ἔσται. ἀλλὰ νῦν μὲν ἠδικημένος ἄπει, ἐὰν 9 3 ς.39. ¢ A σι ’ 9 q ¢ \ 9 ’ ἀπίῃς, οὐχ up ἡμῶν τῶν νόμων αλλὰ ὕπο ἀνθρώπων"
C ἐὰν δὲ ἐξέλθῃς οὕτως αἰσχρῶς ἀνταδικήσας τε καὶ 25 bd ’ Q a ¢ , a ἀντικακουργήσας, τὰς σαυτοῦ ὁμολογίας τε καὶ ξυνθή- κας τὰς πρὸς ἡμᾶς παραβὰς καὶ κακὰ ἐργασάμενος
, A A ΝΜ bro ὶ τούτους os ἥκιστα ἔδει, σαυτόν τε καὶ φίλους κα πατρίδα καὶ ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς τέ σοὶ χαλεπανοῦμεν ζῶντι, καὶ ἐκεῖ οἱ ἡμέτεροι ἀδελφοὶ οἱ ἐν “Αἰδου νόμοι οὐκ 30
ωι
1 ἐν Θετταλίᾳ bracketed by Buttmann. β δέ Τὰ. and in the Bodl. dai is merely a correction, as it is in ΒΟ many cases. 8 σον om. Bodl, Ttib., but given by most other mas. 11 αὐτῶν; Bekk. ἐὰν μὲν Bekk.: μὲν om, Bodl. Tiib. and five other mss, 19. πάντα ταῦτα Bodl. Tiib., ταῦτα πώτα the edd. 44 ἀλλὰ ὑπὸ Bodl, Tiib., ἀλλ᾽ ὑπ᾽ the edd,
58 ΠΛΑΤΩ͂ΝΟΣ KPITON.
πατρίδα Kab ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς TE TOL χαλεπανοῦμεν CdyTt, καὶ ἐκεῖ οὗ ἡμέτεροι ἀδελφοὶ οἱ ἐν “Αἰδου νόμοι οὐκ εὐμενῶς σε ὑποδέξονται, εἰδότες ὅτε καὶ ἡμᾶς ἐπεχεί- pnoas ἀπολέσαι τὸ σὸν μέρος. ἀλλὰ μή σε πείσῃ 5 Κρίτων ποιεῖν ἃ λέγει μᾶλλον ἡ ἡμεῖς. D XVIL Ταῦτα, ὦ φίλε ἑταῖρε Κρέτων, εὖ ἴσθι ὅτι ἐγὼ δοκῶ ἀκούειν, ὥσπερ of κορυβαντιῶντες τῶν αὐλῶν δοκοῦσιν ἀκούειν, καὶ ἐν ἐμοὶ αὕτη ἡ ἠχὴ τούτων τῶν λόγων βομβεῖ καὶ ποιεῖ μὴ δύνασθαι τῶν ἄλλων ἀκού- 10 εἰν" ἀλλὰ ἴσθι, ὅσα γε τὰ νῦν ἐμοὶ δοκοῦντα, ἐὰν λέγῃς παρὰ ταῦτα, μάτην ἐρεῖς. ὅμως μέντοι εἴ τε οἴει πλεον ποιήσειν, λέγε. ΚΡ, ᾿Αλλ᾽, ὦ Σώκρατες, οὐκ ἔχω λέγειν. 20. "Ea τοίνυν, ὦ Κρέτων, καὶ πράττωμεν ταύτῃ, E ἐπειδὴ ταύτῃ ὁ θεὸς ὑφηγεῖται. 10 δάν τι Bekk. with most mss.: but τι om. Βοὰϊ, Τρ. In the Bodl. ὡς is added above the line before ἐάν.
NOTES
OX
THE APOLOGY.
Intropvcrory Noricz.
Socrates’ death took place in the month of May 899 8.c., when he was more than 70 years of age (Apol.17p. Crito 52 2), The interval between the trial and his death was very long, thirty days altogether. The indictment against Socrates was as follows: ‘Soerates is guilty of crime, first for not worshipping the gods whom the city worships, but introducing new divinities of his own; next, for corrupting the youth. The penalty due is death.’
The accusers of Socrates were three: Meletus, Anytus, and Lyco: see espec. Apol. 23%, Meletus is also mentioned by Plato in the Euthyphro 2 Βσ as ἀνὴρ νέος καὶ ἀγνὼς, τετανόθριξ καὶ οὐ πάνυ εὐγένειος, ἐπίγρυπος δέ, and in the Apology also Socr. speaks of him as an insignificant young man. Meletus, however, pre- sented the indictment which was hung up in the portico before the office of the ἄρχων βασιλεύς (hence περὶ τὴν τοῦ βασιλέως στοάν Euth. 2 4). According to the Schol. on Apol. 18, Meletus was τραγῳδίας φαῦλος ποιητής, ἃ statement also made by the Schol. on Aristoph. Frogs 1802: but it seems certain that we have here an error on the part of the Scholiasts who were led by Plato’s words ὑπὲρ τῶν ποιητῶν ἀχθόμενος to identify the accuser of Socr. with the poet mentioned by Aristophanes l.c., where he says that Euripi- des borrowed a good deal of his poetry—though this identification is absolutely impossible on account of the difference of time, ag the Meletus mentioned by Aristoph. could not have been a young man in 899, even supposing that he was still alive. We know nothing more about Meletus the accuser of Socr. from other sources, but it is possible that he was the son of the Meletus mentioned by Arist., in which case we should also gain an explanation of the
60 NOTES.
motive which Plato assigns for his share in the indictment of Socrates,
The most influential of the trio was Anytus, a rich βυρσοδέψης, i.e. ἃ leather-seller, who is said to have been more incensed against Socr. by the presumption with which the philoso- pher had ventured to dissuade him from bringing up his son to his own trade, as the young man had manifested much interest in phi- losophical speculation and conversation. No doubt Anytus hated Socrates above all as a ‘corrupter of youth.’ Anytus was rich, but had been exiled under the Thirty, and, like so many other pa- triotic citizens, suffered great loss of property. He had then taken 8 prominent part in the expulsion of the Thirty, and was at the time of the trial of Socrates one of the leading men in Athens’. Socrates’ interference in his plana with respect to his son may have been all the more galling to him, as his previous losses must have made him anxious that his son also should contribute his share towards the restoration of the family fortunes. Anytus must have classed Socr. with the Sophists, and his opinion of them may be gathered from Plato Meno 918, where Socr. says οἷσθα δή- ποὺ καὶ od ὅτι οὗτοι εἰσὶν οἵους ol ἄνθρωποι καλοῦσι σοφιστάς, and Anytus answers Ἡράκλεις, εὐφήμει, ὦ Σώκρατες" μηδένα τῶν σνγγενῶν μῆτε οἰκείων μήτε φίλων μήτε ἀστῶν μήτε ξένων, τοιαύτη μανία λάβοι ὥστε παρὰ τούτους ἐλθόντα λωβηθῆναι, ἐπεὶ οὗτοί γε φανερά ἐστι λώβη τε καὶ διαφθορὰ τῶν συγγιγνομένων.
But besides this personal motive, Anytus no doubt bore also a political grudge to Socr. Anytus was, it has been seen, a republi- can, and, as he had suffered for his cause, he was no doubt a radical, Now Socrates did not abstain from criticising the laws and government of Athens with the greatest candour, and even went so fur as to admire the Spartan and Cretan institutions: see esp. Crito 52 Β. 58 8B. Itis quite certain that, to a great ex- tent, Socr. was blamed by the democrats for the misdeeds of Critias who (as they said) had been his pupil, and at all events had been much in the society of Socr. when a young man—Xenophon says in order to acquire an argumentative facility which might be ser- viceable to his political ambition. But Critias had been the chief author of all the cruelties and spoliation perpetrated by the Thirty, and the fact is that Socr. shared the odium which attached to the name of Critias. In another of his ‘pupils’ (I keep this appellation though Socr. himself would reject it) Soor. had been singularly unfortunate, viz. in Alcibiades, whose rashness had done much to accomplish the great downfall which resulted to Athens from the Peloponnesian war.
Considering all these circumstances (which we can here only slightly touch upon, though they could scarcely Be exhausted in a
1 See Frohberger’s note on Lysias, Vol. 1. Ὁ. 160,
APOLOGY. 6r
copious treatise) it is not surprising to learn from Xenophon (Mem. 1, 2, 9) that it was the general belief in Athens that Soor. ‘excited the young men to despise the established constitution and to become lawless and violent in their conduct.’
The displeasure which Meletus felt against Boor. in the interest of the poets may be easily accounted for when we read the corre- sponding passage in the Apology, and recollect the fact that Soor. is said to have been fond of citing the worst passages of great poets in confirmation of theories particularly disagreeable to the taste of an Athenian, o.g. inferring from some linos of the second book of the Iliad that Homer praised the application of stripes to poor men and the common people (Xen. Mem, 1, 2, 56-59).
As for Lyoo, the third accuser of Socr., we know about him perhaps even less than about Meletus. Diogenes Laurt. (2, 88) says that he was a demagogue, and from Plato we learn that he was Δ ῥήτωρ---οἱ what kind, may be gathered from our note on Apol, 28x. Socrates himaelf ascribes the success of the accusa- tion to Anytus and Lyoo (Apol, 864), and the latter must there. fore have been of much service in conducting the trial.
The cause of Socr. was what was technically styled ἀγὼν τιμητόν, 1.0, after the defendant was pronounced guilty by the judges, the punishment for his offence was left to them to fix: but both the prosecutor and the defendant were called upon to propose such 8 punishment (τιμᾶσθαι) as they considered fit for the offence, The punishment proposed by Meletus was death— the one proposed by Socrates may be learnt from the Apology.
The trial of Socr. was conducted before the ἡλιασταί : on thelr number see note on Apol. 86 a,
As for the defence of Socr., the reader is advised to study the Apology and the logical analysis of it which we subjoin; in gene- ral it may be said that the Apology, if not an exact reproduction of the speech made by Socr. at his trial, is doubtless an imitation of it so far as Plato’s memory and own individuality (though this appears here entirely merged in the person of the historical Socr., while in Plato's other writings we generally have an (deal Soor.) enabled him to put down the arguments and expressions used by his master on that memorable occasion. This, at least, is the view taken by Mr Grote, History of Greece, 6, 107, to whose chapter on Socrates 10 seems desirable to direct the attention of the student after he has fully mastered the Apology, Orito, and Phaedo,
62 ‘ NOTES.
LoeicaL ANALYSIS OF THE APOLOGY.
IIPOOIMION (ezordium) 17—18 a: discarding all the usual rhetorical embellishments, Socr. is going to address the judges in simple homely words and say nothing but the truth; at the same time he begs a favourable attention to this unusual kind of speech.
ΠΡΟΘΕΣΙΣ (propositioc) 18 sp—19 a: Socr. has to refute 8 double kind of accusation, viz., besides the one brought against him by Meletus, the popular prejudice raised against him and kept up by the charges of his enemies.
ΠΙΣΤῚΣ (confutatio) 19 s—27 = in two parts, and first (—24 a) the misrepresentations mentioned in the second place are shown to be entirely without foundation, and the difference between Soor. and the Sophists is pointed out. The origin of these accusations is found in the annoyance created to many citizens by Socrates’ habit of examining into their knowledge, and the zeal of his disciples who imitate this proceeding; but Socr. himself feels obliged to do so in consequence of an oracle of Apollo. To revenge themselves on Socr. these persons lay upon him the same blame as justly applies to the Sophists.
The second part (24 827 ΒΞ) contains the actual refutation of the charge brought by Meletus, Anytus, and Lyco, and this charge being twofold, the defence also is subdivided into two parts.
(2) Socr. shows that Moletus knows nothing of the art of edu- cation. If Socr. corrupts the youth it is necessary that he should do so either intentionally or unintentionally: the first he certainly does not, as only a madman could act so, it being the in- terest of all to live in a state composed of good citizens rather than of bad ones; if the latter be the case, Meletus ought to have spoken to Socr. privately and not have treated his ignorance as 8 crime.
(Ὁ) As to the charge of introducing new divinities in the place of those worshipped by the city, Socr. shows that Meletus seems here to contradict himself, as the assumption of a daemonium implies also a belief in the existence of gods.
TIAPEKBAZI& (egressio or degressio) 27 x—84 8. In spite of all these arguments Soer. feels nearly certain that he will be pronounced guilty, not so much on account of the charge now brought against him by Meletus, as in consequence of the gene- ral hatred against him. Yet he does not regret his previous doings, as his conscience assures him that he has been doing right, and accomplishing the mission entrusted to him by God. The fear of death shall not deter him from doing his duty, and if
APOLOGY. 63
he were now released on the condition never to ‘teach’ any more, he would refuse to accept life on these terms, as he knows he could not falfil them. But should the Athenians sentence him to death, they will thereby deprive themselves of a monitor such as the gods will not again vouchsafe to their city. That Socr. was fulfilling a divine mission appears also from his poverty, which is caused by his postponing all domestic interests to his vocation of being a public monitor to the citizens. Socr. then adds a few words about his public life, and shows that there too he always intrepidly adhered to the principles of justice aud honesty, even so as to brave the rage of a mob and the fury of the Thirty. Lastly, Socr. maintains that he is not responsible for the ill-deeds of some of those who used to be in his society and are called his pupils, as he himself never professed to teach them anything. Nor (says he) has anyone of the young men who were with him ever charged Soor. with corrupting him, nor have their parents or relatives done so; on the contrary many are now present at the trial, ready to help and support Socr. in any way they can.
ἘΠΙΔΟΙῸΣ (peroratio) 84 c—85 2. Oontrary to the common habit of moving the judges to compassion in order to obtain a lenient verdict, Soor. says that he will do nothing of the kind as this would be equal to inducing the judges to violate their oath.
The second part of the Apology requires no rhetorical disposition. Socr. confesses not to be surprised at the result of the trial: as to the τίμησις which he is now called upon to fix, he declares that he deserves the honour of dining in the prytaneum, if indeed he must justly estimate his own deserts. But he will yield to his friends so far as to offer to pay a fine which he is able to set down at 80 minae, his friends being ready to become securities for this sum, which would be above the means of Socr. himself.
The third part is first addressed to those of the judges who voted for death, and to them Socr. predicts that they will soon re- pent of their injustice. Then, turning to those who voted in favour of him, he joyfully proves to them that he neither expects death like a coward, nor looks upon it as an evil. A last request ΒΟΟΣ. has to address to his judges, that, should his sons ever pre- fer riches to virtue and think themselves wise without being s0, they may be corrected and put right in the same manner as Socr. himself used to act towards the Athenians.
64 NOTES. -
Ch. I. p.1, 1 The antithesis of ὑμεῖς and ἐγὼ δέ would lead us to expect ὅ,τι duets μέν instead of 8,7: μὲν ὑμεῖς, but the position of μέν in the first clause is due to the fact of the whole sentence being placed in opposition to the second clause, in consequence of which the antithesis between the two pronouns becomes less em- phatic than it would be otherwise.——o ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι : this address occurs again and again in the Apology, Socrates inten- tionally avoiding the usual form of address towards his judges (ἡλιασταί) : eee 40.4, where he gives his reason for calling them ἄνδρες δικασταί for the first time in the whole speech.——ewdbvOare is here construed with tré, because it has the same sense as a passive verb, e.g. διατέθεισθες. In the same way we find in Xeno- phon ol ὑπὸ τῶν θεῶν κείμενοι, νόμοι, i.e. οἱ ὑπὸ τῶν θεών τεθειμένοι νόμοι (but διατέθειμαι and τεθειμένοι are not Attic in this sense), and in the best writers the constr. ἀποθανεῖν ὑπὸ τινος = droxrelve- σθαι ὑπό τινος, etc. 2 ἐγὼ δ᾽ οὖν, “1 at least.’ There is another reading ἔγωγ οὖν; if we adopt this the apodosis would commence with μάλιστα δέ, but ‘at least’ is already expressed by οὖν. καὶ αὐτός, ‘even myself,’ hence draw an inference as to what may have happened to you, 8. ὑπ᾽ αὐτῶν, ‘by their agency:’ again ἐπελαθόμην, though in the middle voice, implies a passive meaning, “ was made forgetful.’ ὀλίγου τε ὀλίγου δεῖν 22.4, ὀλίγου ἐπελαθόμην states the fact, like the Latin prope oblitus sum, not essem. 4 πιθανώς, ‘apte ad persuadendum:’ plausible, a very different thing from ἀληθές, which is directly subjoined.—ds ἔπος εἰπεῖν, ‘as it were,’ i.e. not ἀκριβεῖ λόγῳ (going into detail): so we have also ws εἰπεῖν alone in Thucydides, and Mem. Socr. 8, 8, 10, as συνελόντι εἰπεῖν. Both ἀληθὲς and οὐδέν are so placed as to make them very emphatic, 5 αὐτῶν ἕν ἐθαύμασα τῶν πολλῶν ὧν ἐψεύσαντο τοῦτο, ‘I admired them in this one of the many lies which they adduced:’ αὐτών is from αὐτός, and the genitive stands according to the common construction of θαυ- μάζω (θαυμάζω σου τὴν ἀρετήν or θαυμάζω σε τῆς ἀρετῇ) ; τοῦτο is the epexegesis οὗ ἕν, and τῶν πολλῶν is the partitive genitive, to which ὧν is joined in accordance with the well-known figure of attrac- tion (instead of 4). 6 χρή, though the reading of only some mss. of the second order, is yet preferable to χρῆν which is given by the best mss., as χρῆν evA. would mean ‘you ought to be on your guard,’ meaning that you are not (see below, 84.4); if χρῆν were the genuine reading we should also expect the optative éfa-
APOLOGY. 65
πατηθεῖτε instead of the subj. 7 ws δεινοῦ ὄντος λέγειν, words of Socrates’ accusers. δεινός without λέγειν often denotes ‘ eloquent,’ and δεινότης, ‘ eloquence.’ 9 ἔργῳ, ‘by actual experience.’ -----μηδ᾽ ὁπωστιοῦν, ‘not by any means:’ of. 36 5. 10 αὐτῶν, ‘of them,’ just like αὐτῶν after ἐθαύμασα above, 1.5. 1] ef μὴ ἄρα, ‘ nisi forte,’ is ironical, as it introduces an assumption which is certainly not that of the accusers: conf.883. 12 εἰ μὲν γάρ, ‘for if indeed :" in our grammars we find the statement that after εἰ μὲν the apodosis with ef δέ is frequently omitted, but in reality μὲν is here only a representative of μήν. 18 οὐ κατὰ τούτους was not understood by Muretus (Var. Lect. 8, 16), who was ‘of opinion that οὐ should be struck out of the text. The sense is simply ‘not after their fashion.” Cf. Phaedo 108 p. Riddell appropriately quotes Herod. 1, 121 πατέρα καὶ μητέρα εὑρήσεις, οὐ κατὰ Merpadarny re τὸν βουκόλον καὶ τὴν γνναῖκα αὐτοῦ. See the conclusion of the first chapter 18 a. 14 ἡ τι ἣ οὐδὲν ἀληθές, ‘hardly anything true:’ for the phrase comp. Xen. Cyrop. 7, 5, 45, 4 τα 4 οὐδένα οἶδα, ‘I know hardly any one,’ and Her. 9, 140, 2, ἀναβέβηκε δ᾽ ἥ τις ἣ οὐδείς. (Cron in his third edition writes ἣ τὶ in order to render τὶ more emphatic. Comp. also the crit. note.) 15 πᾶσαν τὴν ἀλήθειαν, ‘nothing but truth throughout;’ of. Hom. ¢ 122, ἐγὼ τῷ πᾶσαν ἀληθείην κατέλεξα. 0 407, πᾶσαν ἀληθείην κατάλεξον. 16 κεκαλλιετημένους κιτιλ. As we see from this passage, the καλλιέπεια, or, to use the word more com- monly employed by good writers, the evérea consisted mainly in the proper use of ῥήματα and ὀνόματα, i.e. choice and proper arrangement of words and phrases: cf. Sympos. 198 8, τοῦ κάλλους τῶν ὀνομάτων καὶ ῥημάτων ris οὐκ ἂν ἐξεπλάγη ἀκούων ; while the κόσμος τοῦ λόγου (ornatus) was the proper care and use of the various rhetorical figures. Riddell shows that ῥήματα denotes whole ex- pressions, while ὀνόματα means single words, the artistic use of which Soer. disclaims. 190 εἰκῇ is synonymous with ἀτέχνως, with which Plato joins it, Soph. 225 c. Cf. also rd εἰκῇ λεγόμενα, Isocr. 4, 12. 76s ἐπιτυχοῦσιν ὀνόμασι, ‘with the words which first offer them- selves.’ p. 2, 1 ἄλλως: let no one expect that I am going to speak otherwise than in a very homely manner.—rjée τῇ ἡλικίᾳ, ‘viro huiusce (i.e. meae) aetatis ;’ hence the participle πλάττοντι in - the mage. 2 ὥσπερ μειρακίῳ is a common attraction instead of ὥσπερ μειράκιον : see & similar instance, Xen. Cyrop. 1, 14, 15, Κύρῳ ἥδετο οὐ δυναμένῳ σιγᾶν ὑπὸ τῆς ἡδονῆς, ἀλλ᾽ ὥσπερ σκύλακι yevaly ἀνακλάζοντι. -----πλάττοντι λόγους ‘refers not to artificial language, but to falsification’ (Ridd.): of. rf λόγους πλάττεις, De- mosth. de Cor. § 121.——els ὑμᾶς -- εἰς δικαστάς, and therefore also els δικαστήριον. 4. παρίεμαι is explained by παραιτοῦμαι in a gloss found in the Bodl. ms.; see 27 B, where we have a direct reference W. P. 5
66 NOTES.
to this passage, Srep car’ ἀρχὰς ὑμᾶς παρῃτησάμην, and in Legg. 5, 742 s, the common reading is παραιτησάμενος, while good editions give παρέμενος. 6 καὶ ἐν ἀγορᾷ...καὶ ἄλλοθε belong together. ---- κὶ τῶν τραπεζῶν : the counters of the bankers (rpawre{ira: tar- pessitae) which are so frequently mentioned in Plautus and Terence. Cf. Hipp. min. 368 B, ἐν ἀγορᾷ ἐπὶ ταῖς τραπέζαις ------ ta ‘ where :’ the word has this meaning several times in Plato, but very rarely in other prose-writers. Concerning Socrates’ ubiquity it is interesting to read Xenophon’s account, Mem. 1, 1, 10, ἐκεῖνός ye del μὲν ἣν ἐν τῷ φανερῷ, πρωΐ τε γὰρ els τοὺς περιπάτους καὶ τὰ γυμνάσια fe, καὶ πληθούσης ἀγορᾶς ἐκεῖ φανερὸς ἦν, καὶ τὸ λοιπὸν ἀεὶ τῆς ἡμέρας ἦν, ὅπου πλείστοις μέλλοι συνέσεσθαι᾽" καὶ ἔλεγε μὲν ὡς τὸ πολύ, τοῖς δὲ βουλομένοις ἐξἣν ἀκούειν. Stallbaum quotes Dion Chrysost. Or. 54, p. 557 ed. Mor. περί τε τὴν ἀγορὰν τὰ πολλὰ διατρίβων καὶ els τὰς παλαίστρας εἰσιὼν καὶ πρὸς ταῖς τραπέζαις καθε- ζόμενος. 7 θορυβεῖν is the common word for any noisy ex- pression of disapproval: see 208, 21a. 9 ἀναβέβηκα ‘I have gone up,’ on account of the position of the δικαστήρια, most of which were situated in the higher parts of the town, near the ἀγορά. Comp. ἀνέβαισον below 40 B.— ἔτη γεγονὼς πλείω ἐβδο- μήκοντα, 88 Socrates was 72 years old at that time. In Crito 52x, merely the round sum of 70 years is mentioned. Even here many mss. (and the excellent Bodl. among them) omit πλείω, but Stallb. seems right in observing ‘ad vim oratoriam πλείω utique requiri- tur.’ 10 ris ἐνθάδε λέξεως means τῆς ἐν δικαστηρίοις or δικα- vfs. The genitive τῆς λέξεως is one of relation. ll In ὥσπερ οὖν ἃν...ξυνεγιγνώσκετε δήπον ἄν, the repetition of ἄν is due to the interposition οὗ angther sentence. In this way ἄν is some- times repeated when the effect of it seems to be weakened by the great length of the whole sentence. 13 ἐτεθράμμην : in Latin we should be obliged to use educatus essem, but to the Greek mind an assumed fact presents the aspect of reality, as soon as the con- dition is settled under which it might take place. καὶ δὴ intro- duces the application which is made of an assumed case to the one before us. In the same way καὶ νῦν means ‘in the present instance,’ just as it would have been in the one previously assumed. δίκαιον ‘as something just.’ 14 ὥς γέ μοι δοκῶ, just as in Latin ut mihi videor is used instead of videtur. I have kept the ms. reading instead of ds γ᾽ ἐμοὶ δοκῶ now found in all edi- tions (except Cron’s third ed.); it is evident that the pronoun is not emphasized here, but only ws δοκῶ, just as we should here say ‘as I beliéve,’ and not ‘as I believe.’ 15 ἐᾶν ‘leave aside,’ i.e. ‘pay no attention [ο.᾿"------χείρων and βελτέων may be under- stood by supplying ‘than the speeches of my accusers.’ 18 αὕτη, Viz. to see whether δίκαια λέγεται ἣ μή.
APOLOGY. 67
Ch. II. p, 2, 19 δίκαιός εἶμι dw. ‘I ought to defend myself.’ Cf. Crito 48 a, 20 ψευδῆ, not ψευδῶς, on account of the construc- tion κατηγορεῖν τί rivos. 23 πρὸς ὑμᾶς stands here after κατήγοροι γεγόνασιν in the same manner as after κατηγορῶ, Euthyphr. 2c, ἔρχεται κατηγορήσων μου πρὸς τὴν πόλιν. καὶ πάλαι πολλὰ ἤδη ἔτη is a tautological expression, as if we were to say ‘even in olden times, many years ago.’ The second καὶ before οὐδὲν has nothing at all to do with the preceding καί, since it merely connects πολλοὶ and οὐδὲν ἀληθὲς λέγοντες, in accordance with the well-known expressions πολλοὶ καὶ ἀγαθοὶ ἄνδρες ‘many good men,’ or πολλὰ cal ἀγαθά ‘many good things.’ 25 τοὺς ἀμφὶ "Ανυτον ‘ Anytus and his associates ;’ Anytus is here mentioned because he was the chiet person among the accusers of Socrates. Hence Anyti reus Hor. Sat. 2, 4, 8. 26 ὑμῶν τοὺς woddods=rods πλείστους according to a familiar idiom; the article being here very differently used from τῶν πολλῶν 17 a, but having precisely the same power as 19». 27 ἐκ παίδων παραλαμβάνοντες is the same as ἐκ νέων λαμβάνοντες, Gorg. 488 B: but παραλαμβάνω is the idiomatic ex- pression of a master taking a pupil under his care: cf. Alcib. τ 12 8, δὶς ἑπτὰ δὲ γενόμενον ἑτῶν τὸν παῖδα παραλαμβάνουσιν ods ἐκεῖνοι (οἱ Πέρσαι) βασιλείους παιδαγωγοὺς ὀνομάζουσιν. ἔπει- θόν re καὶ κατηγόρουν ἐμοῦ instead οὗ ἔπειθον (‘were trying to persuade’) κατηγοροῦντες, but each verb is more powerfully brought out by making both finite verbs. 28 τις Σωκράτης "8. cer- tain Socrates,’ with contempt. σοφὸς ἀνήρ again is not alto: gether flattering, as these words are only another expression instead of σοφιστής, and thus place Socrates on a par with the Sophists, whose doctrines he always combated. p. 8, 1 The two expressions μετέωρα φροντιστὴς (in manifest imitation of the Aristophanean ψυχῶν σοφῶν τοῦτ᾽ dort φροντιστήριον, Clouds 94, and μεριμνοφροντισταί ib. 101, instead of μετεωροφροντισταί), and τὰ ὑτὸ γῆς ἅπαντα ἀνεζητηκώς characterise the two points in which the Suphists followed and adopted the studies of the old philoso- phers, especially those of the Ionic school. In this manner we read of Hippias, Protag, 815 0, ἐφαίνοντο δὲ tepl φύφεώς τε καὶ τῶν μετεώρων ἀστρονομικὰ ἅττα διερωτᾶν τὸν Ἱππίαν. The expression τὰ ὑπὸ γῆς it would be difficult to substantiate, though we find it in Aristophanes, Clouds 188, ζητοῦσι» οὗτοι τὰ κατὰ γῆς; in the same way dzxarra shows the exaggeration naturally cha- racteristic of the attacks made by the comic poets on Sophists in general, and in particular by Aristophanes on Socrates. In the construction μετέωρα φροντιστὴς the subst. retains the case of the verb from which it is derived, as it -- φροντίζων: of. 804, τὴν θεῷ ὑπηρεσίαν. 2, The third expression τὸν ἥττω λόγον κρείττω ποιῶν is the one which contains the most odious charge of all.
5—2
68 NOTES.
Comp. Cic. Brut. 8, docere se profitebantur [the Sophists] quem admodum causa inferior (ita enim loquebantur) dicendo fert superior posset. This charge is especially urged by Aristophanes, Clouds 112 ff. εἶναι wap’ αὐτοῖς φασὶν ἄμφω τὼ λόγω, Tov κρείττον᾽, ὅστις ἐστὶ, καὶ τὸν ἥττονα. Ἰούτοιν; τὰν ἕτερον τοῖν λόγοιν, τὸν ἥττονα, Νικᾶν λέγοντά φασι τἀδικώτερα. In the play itself the Adyos δίκαιος and A. ἄδικος are themselves brought on the stage, and in the dis- pute which ensues between them the latter gains the victory. 4 οἱ δεισοί: the article in the predicate means ‘ those whom I pre- viously designated as dangerous.’ 5 οὐδὲ Geots: the charge of atheism is likewise urged against Socrates and his disciples in the Clouds of Aristophanes. ° § & § ἂν μάλιστα ἐκιστεύσατε ‘in which if was most natural that you should believe them.’ 10 ἐρήμην, sc. δίκην. What ἐρήμη δίκη means is easily understood from the following ἀπολογουμένου οὐδενός. The expression xary- γορεῖν δίκην may be compared with the parallel phrase διώκειν δίκην. ἀτεχνῶς recurs below, p, and is often added to proverbial or otherwise significant expressions: cf. Lach. 187 5, ἀτεχνῶς τὸ λε- γόμενον κατὰ τὴν παροιμίαν ὑμῖν συμβαίνῃ ἐν πίθῳ ἡ xepapela γιγνο- μένη. After the relative clause 8 δὲ πάντων ἀλογώτατον we should supply something like ἔστι τοῦτο. But this is generally omit- ted in constructions of this kind. Cron quotes Sympos. 220 a, ὃ πάντων θαυμαστότατον, Σωκράτη μεθύοντα οὐδεὶς πώποτε ἑωράκει ἀν- θρώκων. 12 εἴ res κωμφῳδιοποιὸς seems to be said rather contemp- tuously. Socrates means, of course, above all Aristophanes, but he had been attacked and ridiculed by Cratinus, Amipsias and Eupolis as well, 14 οἱ δὲ ‘some of them: a corresponding οἱ μὲν is missing though implied in χρώμενοι. 15 ἀπορώτατοι ‘very difficult to deal with:’ Hesychius explains ἄποροι by ἀμή- χανοι. 17 ὥσπερ σκιαμαχεῖν "80 to say fight with shadows.’ The construction would be more logical if we had ἐλέγχοντα in- stead of the infinitive (and Hirschig actually corrects it so, as if he’ were revising a schoolboy’s theme): but Plato no doubt preferred the latter as we have a participial construction directly afterwards, μηδενὸς ἀποκρινομένου. 10 ἀξιώσατε ‘ grant’ or ‘allow.’ 22 οἰήθητε ‘believe’ or ‘be of opinion:’ Socrates does not here adopt the common practice of asking the judges to determine in what order they would like to see each point discussed, but gives them. to understand that they ought to be satisfied with his treatment of the subject, as his way of dealing with it must be considered strictly logical. 25 εἶεν ‘it shall be so,’ an equivalent to ἔστω, which often denotes that a concession is granted. 26 ὑμῶν: ἃ Roman would say ex animis vestris.——rhy διαβολήν means here the unfavourable opinion they had conceived (ἔσχετε, note the 2nd aorist, which has always the sense of ‘ getting,’ not
APOLOGY. 69
of ‘having’) in respect to Socrates from the criminations and slander (διαβολή in its first sense) of his enemies. 29 εἴ τι ‘if anything.’ πλέον τί pe w., i.e. that you should not only lose your unfavourable opinion of me, but should even conceive a favourable one. Ρ. 4, 3 τῷ θεῷ φίλον is a Homeric expression, see e.g. a 82 εἰ μὲν δὴ νῦν τοῦτο φίλον μακάρεσσι θεοῖσιν, and imi- tated by Horace Od, 2, 17, 2 dis amicum est. τῷ θεῷ with an arti- cle is just the reverse in English, ‘God’ without an article.
Ch. III. p. 4, 6 ἢ πιστεύων qua fretus (not cut fidem habens), of. Alctb. 1 128 5, τί οὖν wor’ ἔστιν ὅτῳ πιστεύει τὸ μειράκιον (κάλλει, γένει, πλούτῳ)" 8 διέβαλλον ‘kept slandering me.’ 9 ἀντωμοσία i8 γραφὴ κατά τινος Evopxos, wept ὧν ἠδικῆσθαί φησι according to Timaeus (gloss. Plat.). 10 ἀδικεῖξε ἄδικός ἐστι, περιεργάζεται is here ‘he makes himself a nuisance by over- doing’ that which is expressed in the participles directly fol- lowing. 14 Σωκράτη τινὰ ‘a certain Socr.’ i.e. not the real one, but altogether an invented figure. περιφερόμενον ἀεροβα- τεῖν : in Arist. Clouds 225, Socrates, seated in a suspended basket (xpeud@pa) says ἀεροβατῶ καὶ περιφρονῶ τὸν ἥλιον. 16 ὧν “έἔρι-Ξ περὶ τούτων ὧν πέρι. ------ The phrase (οὐδὲν) οὔτε μέγα οὔτε σμικρόν is proverbial: see 21 Β. Phil. 21 νυ, 82 2, 38 B (Stallb.). For ératw περί τινος, cf. Crito 48 a, ὁ ἐπαΐων wept δικαίων καὶ ἀδίκων, and Lach. 199 a, ξύμφῃς περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν τὴν αὐτὴν ém- στήμην καὶ ἐσομένων καὶ γιγνομένων καὶ γεγονότων ἐπαΐειν. 16 καὶ οὐχ ὡς ἀτιμάζξον κιτιλ. should be understood ironically, as we know from Xenophon that Socrates did not think very highly of this sort of study: see Mem. 1, 1,11 οὐδὲ yap περὶ τῆς τῶν πάντων φύσεως ἧπερ τῶν ἄλλων ol πλεῖστοι διελέγετο... ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς φροντίζοντας τὰ τοιαῦτα μωραίνοντας ἀπεδείκνυεν. 18 μή πω--- φύγοιμι : this is again ironical; Socr. insinuates that he will be careful in his expressions lest they should furnish Meletus with a fresh charge against him. 19 ἐμοὶ τούτων οὐδὲν μέτεστι Ξεταῦτα οὐκ ἐπίσταμαι, cf. 20 c, 21 ὑμῶν τοὺς πολλούς ‘most οὗ you:’ as they had many opportunities of seeing Socr. in public, see the passage quoted on p. 2, 6. 23 ol τοιοῦτοι is the subject of the sentence as may be seen by the addition of the article, which would be very unusual if οἱ τοιοῦτοι were the predicate; πολλοί stands at the beginning of the sentence, to make it more emphatic. Translate ‘for numerous among you are men of this class.’ 25 περὶ ἐμοῦ belongs to the relative clause d ---λέγουσιν, as it ought to be τᾶλλα τὰ περὶ ἐμοῦ, were it otherwise,
Ch. IV. p. 5, 8. οὔτε y is Bekker’s reading which I have adopted, though most recent editors keep οὐδέ γ' as given by the mss.: but the preceding οὔτε seems here to necessitate a deviation from the ms. authority. In οὐδὲ τοῦτο we have
70 NOTES.
ovst=ne—quidem in Latin. δ χρήματα πράττομαι ‘make money for myself.’ So μισθὸν τῆς συνουσίας πράττομαι Xen. Mem. 1, 2, 60. συγγίγνεσθαι, συνεῖναι and συνουσία are the usual words for the intercourse between master and pupil: see esp. Protag. 816 o ξένον γὰρ ἄνδρα καὶ ἰόντα els πόλεις μεγάλας καὶ ἐν ταύταις πείθοντα τῶν νέων τοὺς βελτίστους ἀπολείποντας τὰς τῶν ἄλλων συνουσίας... ἑαυτῷ συνεῖναι ὡς βελτίους ἐσομένους διὰ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ συνουσίαν.-------ἐπεῖ: here ‘although,’ originally ‘for.’ Gorgias οὗ Leontini in Sicily was sent to Athens in the year 427 as an ambassador from his native city (Thuc. 3, 86). He was successful in obtaining that for. which he had been sent, and his brilliant eloquence was so greatly ad- mired by the Athenians that not only did large audieuces assemble around him to listen to his lectures (érdedtes), but he also gained inuch money from the instruction he gave both then and afterwards when he visited other Grecian cities, He is said to have attained the age of more than 100 years. His philosophical views and ar- guments were based on the Eleatic System.—Prodicus of Ceos was famous for his distinctions of synonymous expressions and also for his lectures on ethics, from which the pleasing tale of Heracles at the cross-road is taken and related by Xen. Mem. 2, 1.—Hippias of Elis was celebrated for his extensive knowledge of mathematics and astronomy (see ἢ. on 18 8B), history and genealogy, as well as for his skill in various arts. 9 οἵός 7’ ἐστίν is ironical instead of οἷός τ᾽ εἶναι νομίζει. The sentence is altogether anacoluthic, though easy enough to understand. ἕκαστος... πείθουσι is a constr. κατὰ σύνεσιν, of which many other instances occur in the best writers. Notice the antithesis προῖκα ξυνεῖναι and ξυνεῖναι χρήματα διδόντας (‘chias- mus’). Instead οὗ καὶ x. προσειδέναι we should expect x. x. προσει- déras, but the infinitive renders the idea more prominent. προσ- is ‘moreover.’ ]4 ἠσθόμην ‘I heard’ sc. from Callias. 17 Καλλίᾳ τῷ Ἱππονίκου: a well-known Athenian, whose house was always open to Sophists of all kinds, and is described as such in the first chapters of Plato’s Protagoras. His inconsiderate liberality towards them finally exhausted his large fortune, and he died in poverty. 24 ἀνθρωπίνης re καὶ πολιτικῆς are connected in the same way as in the well-known expression of Aristotle, ἄνθρωπος φύσει πολιτικὸν ζῶον (Pol. 1, 2). 25 διὰ---κτῆσιν ‘because you possess these two sons.’ 28 Evnros: cf. Harpocr. 88, 17 Bekk. δύο ἀνανράφουσιν Eujvous ἔλεγείων ποιητὰς ὁμωνύμους ἀλλήλοις, καθάπερ ᾿Ερατοσθένης ἐν τῷ περὶ χρονογραφιῶν, ὠμφοτέρους λέγων Παρίους εἶναι" γνωρίζεσθαι δέ φησι τὸν νεώτερον μόνον" μέμνηται δὲ θατέρου αὐτῶν καὶ Πλάτων (Phaed. 60 p. Phaedr. 267 a and here). See Schneidewin, Del. 1 p. 183. Modern editions have Εὐηνός in accordance with the gene- ral accentuation of proper names ending in νος: but Gottling (on Accents p. 200) is in favour of Εὔηνος, as the Bodl. ms, has it.—The
APOLOGY. 71
sum which Euenus exacted as his fee, was very small: of Prota- goras we know that he demanded 100 minae, p- 6, 1 εἰ... ἔχοι .. καἱ... διδάσκει: the change from an optative to an indicative in a dependent clause is by no means scarce in the best writers, and is due to the general tendency of the Greek language to mix and confuse the peculiarities of direct and indirect speech.—éppedos (from ἐμμελής, literally ἐν μέλει dy, keeping to the proper tune) is ironical: Socrates sneers at the magnitude of Euenus’ promises as contrasted with the small] 266.------ἐκαλλυνόμην x.7.d. ‘would give myself airs:’ in the same sense Plato says Phaedr. 236 p παῦσαι πρός pe καλλωπιζύμενοε, and Lach. 196 5 τί dy τι:--- μάτην κενοῖς λόγοις αὑτὸς αὑτὸν κοσμοῖ:
Ch. V. p. 6, § ἀλλ’--- : what you say, may all be true: but how is it as to the origin of the stories circulated about you? πρᾶγμα * pursuit, study:’ cf. Euthyd. 804 Δ χάριέν γέ τι πρᾶγμά ἐστιν ἡ φιλο- σοφία (quoted by Riddell). δ8 περιττότερον πραγματεύεσθαε has the Β81,)0 sense af περιεργάζεσθαι 19 ἢ .-----. οὐδέν assumes here a fact, while μηδέν would give a hypothetical sense: ‘for since you, as you say, (19 c) worked at nothing with greater excess than others, report and talk of this importance could not arise, unless you did something different from the occupation of others.’ If we translate the passage in this way, it will appear that the two parts of the sentence σοῦς--- πραγματευομένου and εἰ μή τι Exparres ete. have by no means the same sense, as some editors assume.— ἔπειτα is ‘ after all,’ and is frequently found so in the best writers after a participle: see Stallb. on Phaedr. 70 z. 8.00 also εἶτα, ef. Eur. EL 922, 1058. 11 αὐτοσχεδιάζωμεν ‘make random guesses.’ 16 οὐδὲν ἀλλ᾽ ὃ ‘nothing but.’——wvo¢glay τινὰ: the pronoun is added, because Socrates himself would hardly admit the name σοφία in its strict sense. 17 ἔσχηκα (see on 19 Α) ‘I have obtained’ and so ‘ have, possess.’——rolay δὴ σοφίαν is dependent on διά in the preceding sentence. 4] ἢ οὐκ ἔχω τί λέγω ‘or—I don’t know by what name to call it,’ though it is evident that Socr. means this kind of wisdom is either above human power or—beneath it. 23 μὴ θορυβήσητε ‘do not hiss now :’ cf. 21 Δ ph θορυβεῖτε. 24 μέγα λέγειν like magnum loqui=peyadwyopeiy, ‘ talk big.’ The phrase οὗ γὰρ ἐμὸν ἐρῶ τὸν λόγον is perhaps an allusion to a line in Euri- pides’ Melanippe οὐκ ἐμὸς ὁ μῦθος, ἀλλ᾽ ἐμῆς μητρὸς πάρα, or Hel. 513 λόγος γάρ ἐστιν οὐκ ἐμὸς, σοφῶν δ᾽ Eros: see the passage in the Sympos. 177 Δ ἡ μέν μοι ἀρχὴ τοῦ λόγου ἐστὶ κατὰ τὴ» Εὐριπίδου Μελανίππην᾽ οὐ γὰρ ἐμὸς ὁ μῦθος, ἀλλὰ Φαίδρου τοῦδε. 25 ἀξιό- χρεως is explained = ἀξιόπιστος by Hesychius. Aristidesin imitating this passage says els ἀξιόχρεων μάρτυρα ἀνοίσομεν (Or. Plat. 2 p. 345, vol. 3 Cant.). 28 Xa:pepiwra: Chaerephon is mentioned by Xenophon (Mem. 1, 2, 48) among those friends of Socr. of ἐκείνῳ
72 NOTES.
συνῆσαν, οὐχ ἵνα δημηγορικοὶ γένοιντο, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα καλοί re κἀγαθοὶ γενό- μενοι καὶ οἴκῳ καὶ οἰκέταις καὶ φίλοις καὶ πόλει καὶ πολίταις δύναιντο καλῶς χρῆσθαι: on account of his enthusiastic attachment to Soor. he incurred the ridicule of the comic poets. p. 7, 1 ὑμῶν τῷ πλήθειτετῷ δήμῳ and thence τῇ snoxparlg.——éraipos has often a political sense, of. Gorg. 510 a, τῆς ὑπαρχούσης πολιτείας ἑταῖρον εἶναι. 2 τὴν φυγὴν ταύτην : when after the capture of Athens by the Lacedaemonians the thirty tyrants were established, many Athenians who would not submit to oppression and persecution fied to Thebes and Megara, whence they returned afterwards under the command of Thrasybulus. Riddell justly says ‘ This flight, as an event still vividly remembered, is called ταύτην, “the recent.’ —xarépyoun is the usual word to express return from exile: ἰδίως δὲ ἐπὶ τῶν φυγάδων χρώνται τῷ κατέρχεται Schol. ad Arist, Ran. 1196. 7 ἀνεῖλεν οὖν: this οὖν relates to μάρτυρα ὑμῖν παρέξομαι τὸν θεόν. As to the fact itself, comp. Xen, Apol. 14, where Soar. is made to say ἀνεῖλεν ὁ ᾿Απόλλων, μηδένα εἶναι ἀνθρώπων ἐμοῦ μήτε ἐλευθεριώτερον μήτε δικαιότερον μήτε σωφρονέστερον. According to the Schol. on Arist. Clouds 144 the answer was σοφὸς Σοφοκλῆς, σοφώτερος δ᾽ Εὐριπίδης, ᾿Ανδρῶν δὲ πάντων Σωκράτης σοφώτατος: but the authenticity of these lines is, to say the least, very doubtful, if for nothing else but this alone that the answers of the Pythia were generally given in hexameters. ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ: his name was Chaerecrates (Xen. Mem. 2, 8, 1).
Oh. VI. p. 7, 13 αἰνίττεται : ἀσήμως λέγει, drorelverat, ἐπισημαίνει (Hesych. and Phavor.); ‘what is the god hinting at,’ on account of the usual obscurity and hidden wisdom of the Delphio oracles, "16 θέμις ‘fas:’ the same expression we have of Apollo.in Pindar's Pyth. 9, 42 τὸν ov θεμιτὸν ψεύδει θιγεῖν, and in general Plato says - (Rep. 2, 882 F) πάντῃ γὰρ dywevdes τὸ δαιμόνιόν τε καὶ τὸ θεῖον. 17 μόγις πάνυ ‘vix tandem’ (as Ficinus translates), originally aegerrime, i.e. with much hesitation and repugnance, 19 τῶν δοκούντωντ-τ- τῶν ἐν δόξῃ ὄντων, qui existimabantur. 20 τῷ χρησμῷ just as if ὁ χρησμός were a person to argue with. ὅτι is fre- quently prefixed to direct speeches, doing, so to say, the same service as our inverted commas. 23 πρὸς ὅν belongs to ἔπαθον : of. Gorg. 485 B, ὁμοιότατον πάσχω πρὸ τοὺ: φιλοσοφοῦντας ὥσπερ πρὸς τοὺς παίζονται. 24 καὶ διαλεγόμενος αὐτῷ as well as the preceding σκοπῶν are not in accordance with the following ἔδοξέ μοι: see 8 similar constr. in Thuc, 8, 86 ἔδοξεν αὐτοῖς ov rovs παρόντας μόνον ἀποκτεῖναι, ἀλλὰ καὶ rovs ἅπαντας Μυτιληναίον:... ἀνδραποδίσαι, ἐπικαλοῦντες (instead of ἐπικαλοῦσι) τήν τε ἄλλην drdcracw. Heindorf compares Legg. 8, 686 », ἀποβλέψας γὰρ πρὸς τοῦτον τὸν στόλον͵ οὗ πέρι διελεγόμεθα, ἔδοξέ μοι πάγκαλος εἶναι. ----“ σκοπῶν καὶ διαλεγόμενος is to be understood so as to make
APOLOGY. 73
the διαλόγεσθαι the-means of the σκοπεῖν. 29 πρὸς ἐμαυτὸν.... ἐλογιζόμην mecum (or as Plautus would say cum animo meo) cogi- tabam: cf. Phaed. 95 ΞΕ, πρὸς ἑαυτόν τι σκεψάμενος. p. 8, 2 ὥσπερ οὖν ‘as in reality.’ 4 ὅτι... ἀπηχθόμην is construed in accordance with αἰσθανόμενος καὶ λυπούμενος, the third participle would require μὴ ἀπεχθοίμην. Cobet Var. Lect. p. 191 omits καὶ before λυπούμενος, saying ‘in his λυπούμενος καὶ δεδιὼς significant μετὰ λύπης καὶ δέους: et ὅτι pendet ab αἰσθανόμενος."
Ch. VII. p. 8, 11 ὅμως δέ 86. καίπερ λυπουμένῳ καὶ δεδιότι. The constr. is somewhat negligent, the words ὅμω:ε:---ὀδόκει εἶναι being conceived as an independent clause, while they ought to form the second part of the clause dependent on the participle. But transi- tions of this kind impart to Plato’s style the appearance of the graceful negligence of conversational language: see e.g. Lach. 196 Κ, τοῦτο δὲ λέγω οὐ παίζων, ἀλλ᾽ ἀναγκαῖον οἶμαι instead of οἰόμενος. 7d τοῦ θεοῦ Ξ-τὸ θεῖον, ΒΟ to say the divine mission entrusted to me, 12 ἱτέον οὖν Βα. εἶναι dependent on ἐδόκει. σκοποῦντι: the imperfect participle, as Socr. continues an action previously com- menced; σκεψομένῳ would mean that he was about to commence it. 13 νὴ τὸν κύντ: 8. favourite protestation of Socr. Suidas gays that oaths of this kind were introduced by Rhadamanthys ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ rods θεοὺς ἐπὶ πᾶσιν ὀνομάζειν. Gorg. 482 Β we have μὰ τὸν κύνα τὸν Αἰγυπτίων θεόν (the dog-headed or rather jackal- headed Anubis). From a note by Rhangabé in his ᾿Ελληνικὴ ΣΧρηστομάθεια, τόμ. τρίτ. (Athens 1852) I learn καὶ τώρα (now-a-days in Greece) ὀμνύουν οἱ ἁπλοῖ" μὰ τὸ ψωμί (bread). This cannot mean the consecrated bread of the sacrament, as a modern Greek would then say μὰ τὸν ἄρτον. 16 εὐδοκιμοῦντες: Ξ- dv καλῇ δόξῃ ὄντες. 17 κατὰ τὸν θεόν auctore deo, see also 28 3. Rhangabé compares the modern Greek vd ‘pirfowpnev (= ὁμιλ.) κατὰ θεόν, δηλαδὴ καθὼς θέλει, διατάττει, ὁ θεός. 18 δοκοῦντες φαυλότεροι belong together, ‘having the reputation of belonging to a more common sort.’ 19 πρός ‘as far as—was concerned.’ 20 wa—-yévoiro: So- crates’ original endeavours were made in order to refute the oracle, but the very reverse (confirmation of the truth of it) was the result. These two ideas are here united, just as if Socr. were labouring to prove that the oracle could not be refuted. Stephan. (and Madvig Adv. Crit. 1 868) propose ἵνα μή μοι, but this seems not at all necessary. The optat. γένοιτο, because πονοῦντος in an indio, tense is=érdvour. καί is ‘even.’ 23 καὶ τοὺς ad\dovs: see the passage from the Ion quoted on ------- ἐπ’ αὐτοφώρῳ ‘ manifestly,’ (ἐπ᾿ avrérry, ἐπ᾽ ὄψει Schol.) i. e. beyond doubt. 26 πεπραγμα- τεῦσθαι ‘worked out.’——dinpwruw ἄν ‘I would ask them’ (denoting 8 repeated action). So again dy ἔλεγον. 27 dua: besides
74 NOTES.
the endeavonr to find out the truth or falsehood of the oraole, there was also the second intention of profiting somewhat by their instructive conversation. Similar stories are related of modern poets, e.g. of Wordsworth and Goethe. 31 ἐν ὀλίγῳ se. χρόνῳ. p.9, 2 φύσει ‘by some natural instinct:’ cf. Ion ὅ88 z, πάντες γὰρ of re τῶν ἑπῶν ποιηταὶ ol ὡγαθοὶ οὐκ ἐκ τέχνης, ἀλλ᾽ ἔνθεοι ὄντες: καὶ κατεχόμενοι (inspired) πάντα ταῦτα τὰ καλὰ λέγουσι ποιή- ματα, καὶ οἱ μελοποιοὶ οἱ ἀγαθοὶ ὡσαύτως... ἅτε οὖν ov τέχνῃ ποιοῦντες, ἀλλὰ θείᾳ μοίρᾳ, τοῦτο μόνον οἷός τε ἕκαστος ποιεῖν καλῶς, ἐφ᾽ ὃ ἡ Μοῦσα αὐτὸν ὥρμησεν, ὁ μὲν διθυράμβους, ὁ δὲ ἐγκώμια, ὁ δὲ ὑπορχή- ματα, ὁ δὲ ἔπη, ὁ δ᾽ ἰάμβουφ...διὰ ταῦτα δὲ ὁ θεὸς ἐξαιρούμενος τούτων τὸν νοῦν τούτοις χρῆται ὑπηρέταις καὶ τοῖς χρησμῳδοῖς καὶ τοῖς μάντεσι τοῖς θείοις. 7 ἃ (ace. determinat.) οὐκ ἦσαν se. σοφοί, cf. Xen. Mem. 4, 6, 7 ὃ ἐπίσταται ἕκαστος, τοῦτο καὶ σοφός ἐστιν.
Ch, VIII. p.9, 10 τελευτῶν ‘finally.’ With the Greek construe- tion ὠρχόμενος or τελευτῶν ga comp. the French ‘je finis par aller.’ 14 ἠπίσταντο ‘they understood at the time when I visited them’ (ὅτε ἐπ᾽ αὐτοὺς ja). In the same way we should explain the impf. ἠπιστάμην. 1θ ὅπερ καὶ... καὶ ol dy. Snu. The two καί are corre- lative, although they belong to different clauses. So in Xen. δοκεῖ μοι καὶ τὰ τῶν ἀνδρῶν σώματα ταὐτὰ πάσχειν ἅπερ καὶ τὰ τῶν ἐν τῇ YY φυομένων, quoted by Kriiger § 69, 82,18, Hirschig seems not to have understood this peculiarity of Attic Greek, as he thinks that the words καὶ οἱ ἀγαθοὶ δημιουργοί were added by an interpolator. ἀγαθοί may be ironical (cf. Soph. Antig, 81 τοιαῦτά pact τὸν ἀγαθὸν Kpéovra—xnpttayr’ ἔχειν), though it must not necessarily be so. Comp. Xen. Oecon. 6, 18 (of Socr.) τοὺς μὲν γὰρ ἀγαθοὺς τέκτονας, χαλκέας ἀγαθοὺς, ζωγράφους ἀγαθοὺς, ἀγαθοὺς daviptavromaods, καὶ τὰ ἄλλα τὰ τοιαῦτα, πάνυ ὀλίγος μοι χρόνος ἐγένετο ἱκανὸς περιελθεῖν τε καὶ θεάσασθαι τὰ δεδοκισμένα καλὰ ἔργα. 17 διὰ τὸ κιτ.Ὰλ, details the reasons for the general opinion given in ταὐτόν μοι ἔδοξαν ἔχειν ἁμάρτημα, and there is no doubt that the addition of γὰρ after διὰ would be very welcome, if only the best mss. had the word, As it is, it stands only in one ms. and even there m. 2, 18 τᾶλλα τὰ μέγιστα should be understood more esp. of politics and political administration, So σοφὸς rd μεγάλα Rep. 4, 426 c, and ἐπὶ rd μείζω ἐπινοεῖς τρέπεσθαι καὶ ἄρχειν ἡμῶν ἐπιχειρεῖς Menex. 2344. Do we not find exactly the same now-a-days? 20 ἀπέ- kpurrev ‘was always covering their real wisdom.’ See, however, crit. note, dvepwrav= ὥστε ἐμαυτὸν ἀνηρώτων (kept asking). —— ὑπὲρ τοῦ χρησμοῦ ‘nomine oraculi’ (Stallb.) and so ‘in favour of the oracle.’ 21 δεξαίμην dv ‘should accept’ i.e. ‘be content,’ 23 τὴν ἀμαθίαν 86. αὐτών.-------ἀμφότερα then=rhy σοφίαν καὶ rip. ἀμαθίαν αὐτών.
Ch. IX. p. 10, 1 οἷαι χαλεπώταται κ,-τ.λ.-- τοιαῦται olas χαλεπώ-
APOLOGY. 75
raral εἶσι, of. Xen. Mem. 4, 8, 11 Σωκράτης ἐδόκει τοιοῦτον εἶναι οἷος a» εἴη ἄριστός γε ἀνὴρ καὶ εὐδαιμονέστατος for which he might also have used the shorter form ἐδόκει εἶναι οἷος ἄριστος ἀνήρ. 2 ὄνομα δὲ τοῦτο λέγεσθαι is, as the infin. shows, conceived as de- pendent upon dere, and thus coordinate with πολλὰς διαβ.---γεγο- νέναι: but on the other hand δὲ shows that it is also logically connected with πολλαὶ μὲν ἀπέχθειαί po γεγόνασιν, so that we should rather expect ἐλεγόμην instead of the infin. σοφὸς εἶναι is the epexegesis of τοῦτο: the nom. should be explained by a slight anacoluthia (the acc. being what we should expect), just as if the constr. had been ἐκ ταυτησὶ τῆς ἐξετάσεω:--- ἀπήχθημαι or ἀπεχθὴς γέγονα. ---εἶναι after a verb of naming is not scarce: e.g. Protag. 811 8, σοφιστὴν ὀνομάζουσι τὸν ἄνδρα εἶναι, and Lach. 192 a, τοῦτο ὃ ἐν πᾶσιν ὀνομάζει: ταχυτῆτα εἶναι. 4 τὸ δὲ ‘on the other side:’ Stallb. quotes instances of this usage from Rep. 1, 840 c. Menon 97p. Theaetet. 1574. As we have here τὸ---δὲ τῷ ὄντι, 80 we find τὸ δὲ ἀληθείᾳ ye Legg. 5, 731 2. 7 καὶ οὐδενός is emphati- cally added after ὀλίγου: cf. a similar instance Theaet. 173 x, ταῦτα πάντα frynoapérn σμικρὰ καὶ οὐδέν. In Latin atque is repeat- edly used in a similar manner, e. g. Cic. Or. § 52 rem difficilem, di immortales, atque omnium dificillimam. 8 τοῦτο λέγειν is the reading adopted by Stallbaum, and quoted by Bekker from ‘¢ et corr. D,’ while the majority of the mss. have τοῦτον, and most edi- tors read τοῦτ᾽ οὐ from a conjecture of F. A. Wolf. This is ex- plained ‘apparet hoc non me, Socratem, significare.’ But we rather expect the sense ‘ manifesto hoc de me dicit,’ and τοῦτο is just as easily got, if not more so, out of τοῦτον as τοῦτ᾽ ob. λέγειν τινά τι is 8 very frequent constr. The strongest proof of the justice of the reading adopted by us lies in the prepos. πρὸς ‘ more- over’ in προσκεχρῆσθαι. Θ ὥσπερ ἃν (ποιοῖτο) εἰ εἴποι would be the full construction. εἰ is not found in any ma., but is no doubt rightly added by Stephanus, Heindorf, and Bekker. Cf. Phaed. 98 Σ. 12 ταῦτ' οὖν--διὰ ταῦτ᾽ οὖν. Cf. Protag. 810 5, ἀλλ᾽ αὐτὰ ταῦτα καὶ νῦν ἥκω παρὰ σὲ ‘for this very reason I have now come to you.’ The editors commonly adopt καὶ τῶν ξένων against the authority of the Bodl. Riddell seems to have been the first to conform to the reading of the best ms.: he quotes Phaedr. 85 a, airy ἦ τε ἀηδὼν καὶ χελιδὼν καὶ ὁ ἔποψ, and gives many similar passages from Plato in his ‘ Digest of Idioms’ § 237. 15 τῷ θεῷ βοηθῶν by proving his oracle to be true: see 22 Ε, ὑπὲρ τοῦ χρησμοῦ. 18 ἐν πενίᾳ μυρίᾳ ‘in the greatest poverty :᾿ in Xen. Oecon. 2, 8 Socrates says that all his possessions do not ex- ceed the value of 5 minae (nearly £9). Lines by Eupolis on Socr.’s poverty are mentioned by Olympiodorus on Phased. 14 μισῶ & ἔγωγε Σωκράτην τὸν πτωχὸν ἀδολέσχην, bs τἄλλα μὲν wee
76 NOTES.
φρώντικεν ὁπόθεν δὲ καταφαγεῖν ἔχοι, τούτου κατημέληκεν. μυρίος is often used in the sing. in the sense of πολύς: 80 ἄχος μυρίον in Homer Ὑ 282. Riddell adds Legg. 677 0, μυρίαν τινὰ φοβερὰν épynplay.—_——Instead of τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ λατρείαν it might also have been τῷ θεῷ, of. τὴν τῷ θεῷ ὑπηρεσίαν 80 a. The same constr. as here is found in Phaedr. 245 8, καταφυγοῦσα πρὸς θεῶν εὐχάς re καὶ Aarpelas.
Ch. X. p. 10, 21 αὐτόματοι (i.e. without being invited to do so) belongs to ἐπακολουθοῦντες. This is a hit at the Sophists whose practice it was to attract rich pupils by great and exaggerated pro- mises of what they would be able to teach them. 33 καὶ αὐτοὶ ‘among themselves,’ = ἀλλήλους ἐξετάζοντες. This explana- tion is necessary on account of the following εἶτα, which shows that these words have a different sense from ἄλλους ἐξετάζειν : the antithesis of the two parts of the sentence should, therefore, be found in αὐτοί and ἄλλους. For the sense which αὐτοί then has, comp. the phrase αὐτοί ἐσμεν ‘we are alone’ or ‘among ourselves.’ Probable as this explanation seems (it is given by Pfuhl in the jabrb, 1863, p. 417 f.), it should be observed that it does not har- monise with a similar passage Rep. 539 B, οἱ petpaxtoxot, ὅταν τὸ “«ρῶτον λόγων γεύωνται, ὡς παιδιᾷ αὐτοῖς καταχρῶνται, del εἰς ἀντιλο- vylay χρώμενοι, καὶ μιμούμενοι τοὺς ἐξελέγχοντας αὐτοὶ ἄλλους ἐλέγχουσι oo kal ἐκ τούτων δὴ αὐτοί τε καὶ τὸ ὅλον φιλοσοφίας πέρι els τοὺς ἄλλους διαβέβληνται.------οἰἶτα stands in many passages where we should expect καὶ εἶτα (xdra): cf. Theaet. 151 c. Euthyd. 295 cp. Phaedr. 68 0. Cratyl. 41138. Rep. 3363, and below 314. μιμούμενοι (which is found in Hermann’s edition) is merely a conjecture of Fischer, and by no means necessary. 26 ὀλίγα ἣ οὐδέν ‘little or rather nothing:’ comp. the similar expression ἥ τι 7 οὐδέν 17 8, and Phaedr, 244 B, βραχέα ἣ οὐδέν. The same phrase is quoted from Alciphr. 8, 4 ὀλίγα ἣ οὐδὲν διαφέρουσι. p. 11, 1 οὐχ αὑτοῖς is the reading of the best mss. and far more expressive than the common reading οὐκ αὐτοῖς. Socr. says that those étera- ζόμενοι Ought to have been angry with themselves for having their ignorance exposed by their own fault; the other read. οὐκ avrocs would mean ‘they get angry with me instead of those who convince them of their ignorance.’ 2 For Σωκράτης ris see on 18 B. § τὰ κατὰ πάντων τῶν gid. πρόχειρα ταῦτα: of. Xen. Mem. 1, 2, 81 τὸ κοινῇ τοῖς φιλοσόφοις deo τῶν πολλῶν ἐπιτιμώμενον ἐπιφέρων αὐτῷ, where ἡ λόγων τέχνη is more especially meant, here expressed by the words τὸν ἥττω X. xp. π. 7 ὅτι τὰ peréopa— ποιεῖν: BC. διδάσκων διαφθείρει τοὺς νέους ; the two acc. μετέωρα καὶ τὰ ὑπὸ γῆς and the two inf. νομίζει, and ποιεῖν equally depending on διδάσκων. Cf. 26 0. 10 εἰδέναι is said in its most general sense ‘to have knowledge,’ and it is not necessary to add 7: after
APOLOGY, 77
μέν, as Heindorf does. 12 The best mss. give ξυντεταγμένως, which is explained by Stallb. and others ‘ acie instructa, i.e. om- nibus paratis calumniis eum aggrediebantur: metaphora petita est a militibus in acie collocatis,’ but the rest of the sentence seems hardly to harmonise with this assumed metaphor, least of all xiavds. It is therefore more than probable that Ast’s conj. gurrerauévws is what Plato wrote: it is also found in two mass, (aT Bekk.): the same error occurs in the mss. Phileb. 59 a, and could occur all the more easily as Ὑ in Greek before μα hadand still has ἃ very soft pronunciation, so as to disappear entirely in many cases in modern Greek, ©. ἃ. πρᾶμα μάλαμα for πρᾶγμα μάλαγμα. ἔξυντε- ταμένως means contente dicere, cf. contentio in Latin, used of a speaker. 14 On Μέλητος, “Avvros and Λύκων, see above pp. 59—61. 16 The δημιουργοί are ridiculed above 22 p, on account of their pre- tended political wisdom, so that it is not impossible to explain the reading of the mas., especially as Anytus (a βυρσοδέψης by profes- sion) had taken a prominent part in politics during the time of the 80 tyrants, above p. 60. But on the other hand it may be said that the passage seems to correspond so well with Socrates’ ‘account of his visits to the πολιτικοὶ, ποιηταὶ and δημιουργοί (22 a ss.) that one would like to have the parallelism as complete as possible. Now the ποιηταὶ and δημιουργοί occur in both pas- Bages, and we may easily infer that the πολιτικοί of 22 a are identi- cal with the proper of 23 Ἡ: and this opinion seems supported by Demosth. Phil. 4, 70, p. 150, where of πολιτοανόμενοι (ῥήτορεξ) are mentioned (cf. Olynth. 8, 80. Rehdantz, 12 phil. Reden, Einl. p. 53), so that I confess that it seems not improbable to me that Plato wrote “Avuros δὲ ὑπὲρ τῶν δημιουργῶν, Δύκων δὲ ὑπὲρ τῶν ῥητό- ρων τῶν πολιτικῶν OY perhaps even καὶ τῶν πολ, Cobet (Var. Lect. Ῥ. 299) considers the words καὶ τῶν πολιτικῶν as altogether spurious. Cf. also Gellius38, 18 Callistratus Athents oratorin re publica fuit quos ἐπ δημαγωγοὺς appellant, Lyco belonged no doubt to the same class as Callistratus. Instances of the constr, ἄχθομαι ὑπέρ τινος are quoted by Stallb. from Gorg. 457 p, and Aristoph. Lysistr. 10. 90 The words ταῦτ᾽ ἔστιν ὑμῖν τἀληθῇ refer to 17 B, ὑμεῖς δ᾽ ἐμοῦ ἀκούσεσθε πᾶσαν Thy ἀλήθειαν. ὑμῖν is ‘dat. ethicus.’ 93 τοῖς αὐτοῖς ‘by the same things.’ 24 τεκμήριον: the inference is in accordance with the maxim in Ter. Andr. 68 veritas odium parit. 26 οὕτως evpygere 80. ὄντα or ἔχοντα ; but it is not ne-. cessary to add a participle in the text as Hirschig does: comp, the similar case of ellipsis in the phrase ταῦτα μὲν οὖν δὴ οὕτως 86. ἔχει or ἐστί. Ch. XI. p. 11, 29 πρὸς ὑμᾶς ‘before you,’ orig. ‘towards you?’ of. the expressions ἀπολογεῖσθαι πρὸς τοὺς δικαστάς, πρὸς τοὺς κατή- γόρους, πρὸς τὰ κατηγορημένα and see 18 Δ. Ῥ. 12, 1 ὧς φησι iro-
78 NOTES.
nical: Meletus is ‘an honourable man’and a patriot in his own estie. mation. 3 ὥσπερ ‘just as if’—for in reality their accusations are identical, those of the latter being only the result of the former. 4 ἔχει δέ πως ὧδε: Socr. does not give the exact words of the dyrw- poola, they were as follows, ἀδικεῖ Σωκράτης οὖς μὲν ἡ πόλις νομίζει θεοὺς οὐ νομίζων, ἕτερα δὲ καινὰ δαιμόνια eloryovpevos’ ἀδικεῖ δὲ καὶ τοὺς νέους διαφθείρων" τίμημα θάνατος. 11 σπουδῇ χαριεντίζεται ‘serio iocatur,’ an ὀξύμωρον which would be even more pointed if it were σπουδῇ παίζει, but see below 27 4. The sense is: Meletus treats a very serious matter, a matter of life and death, just as if it were a mere joke.——jgdlws ‘temere, without sufficient cause and thought.—els ἀγῶνα καθιστάναι lit. ‘to put into a lawsuit,’i.e. ‘to accuse.’ 13 ὧν is dependent on ἐμέλησεν, not on οὐδέν. τούτῳ is more emphatic than αὐτῷ would be. 14 καὶ belongs to ὑμῖν, as its mere position indicates. Socr. is going to convince them, too, of the truth of his assertion, just as he himself is already convinced of it.
Ch. XII. p. 12, 15 δεῦρο “ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔρχον᾽ Bekk. Anecd. 1, 88: ‘come, tell us’ = ἴθι δὴ νῦν εἶπέ Ὁ.--------ἄλλο τι ἥ is an elliptical expres- sion: cf. Herm. ad Viger. p. 780 n. 110 (Kriiger § 62, 8, 8). Lit. ‘is it anything else or do you—?’ 17 ἔγωγε 80. περὶ πολλοῦ ποιοῦ- μαι. 18 μέλον γέ σοι absol. constr. ‘since you care for this.’ 19 τὸν διαφθείροντα is predicate to ἐμέ, but this is at the end of the constr. so as to throw more emphasis on it.——elodyeis so. els δικαστήριον (or εἰς dcxaords), here with a dat. τουτοισί (cf. Xen. Mem. 2, 4,3 τοῖς μὲν οἰκέταις καὶ ἰατροὺς εἰσάγοντας, although this instance is not quite to the point): Stallb. well compares Virg. Aen, 2, 457, avo puerum Astyanacta trahebat instead of ad avum. Cobet Var. Lect. p. 299 writes εἰς τουτουσὶ and considers the words καὶ κατηγορεῖς as a gloss. 23 oS —Aéyw: above 1.18. μεμέλη- κεν 806, τῶν πραγμάτων περὶ ὧν προσποιεῖ σπουδάζειν καὶ κήδεσθαι. 27 οὗτοι, οἱ δικασταί ‘these here, the judges.’ οἵδε is then used, inasmuch as the present assembly of judges is instar omnium. p. 13, ἃ νὴ τὴν “Hpay a favourite oath of Socr.: Gorg. 449 p, Theaet. 154 p. Hipp. mai. 287 a, 291 =. 5 ἀλλ᾽ dpa μὴ ‘but should it not be that?’ an ironical way of advancing a supposition. 6 ol éxxAnovacral is bracketed in accordance with Cobet Var. Lect. p. 299. 12 οἱ μὲν---πάντες ἄνθρωποι εἶναι sc. δοκοῦσι which is easily supplied from the preceding δοκεῖ ἔχειν. 19 ov φῆτε expresses one idea only, = negare, and this accounts for the seem- ing deviation from the rule according to which μή and not ov should stand after el, ἐάν, ἵνα, ὄφρα and ὅπως. 20 εἰ---διαφθεῖρει----ὠὦφε- λοῦσιν : the conditional clause stands in the indicative in order to express Meletus’ assertion as one assumed to be real: we express the same by adding ‘indeed,’ Transl. ‘for great would be the good
APOLOGY. 79
fortune of youth, if indeed (as you say) only one corrupts them and all the rest benefit them.’ 244 The words ὅτι οὐδέν σοι μεμέληκα x.7.X. are added as an explanation of τὴν σαυτοῦ ἀμέλειαν, in as far as the ἀμέλεια is manifested in Meletus’ not bestowing any previous thought on the matter with which he charges Socrates. Riddell justly observes that between ἀμέλειαν and Μέλητε a play upon words is doubtless intended; similar cases in Plato are quoted in his ‘ Digest of Idioms’ § 823.
Ch. XIII. p. 18, 26 In ὦ πρὸς Διὸς M. the words πρὸφ Διὸς are added to the name of the person addressed, while in reality they belong to ἡμῖν εἶπέ. Riddell quotes Rep. 832 o, τί οἴει, ὦ πρὸς Διὸς, ἣν δ' ἐγώ. Bee also 26 = below, and add Euthyd. 290 8, ἀλλ᾽ dpa, ὦ πρὸς Διὸς, μὴ ὁ Κτήσιππος κιτιλ. 28 ὦ ᾽ τᾶν " πρόσρημα τιμητι- wis λέξεω:' λέγεται δὲ καὶ ἐπ᾽ εἰρωνείᾳ πολλάκιε᾽ Hesych. τᾶν
> stands for ἐτᾶν-ε ἐτᾶεν, from érdas (ἐτήει5) which is itself derived ¢ from ἔτης, ‘relative, friend.’ Irony is in English also often ex- pressed by adding ‘friend:’ see, moreover, 26 Dp, ὦ φίλε Μέλητε, ——Before ἀπόκριναι Socr. makes a pause in expectation of Mele- tus’ answer, and then continues when Meletus hesitates to return an answer. p. 14, Δ def is here ‘in each single instance.’ See below, 87 0. Kriiger, § 50, 8, 9 quotes from Isocrates wera:- δευμένους καλῶ τοὺς πρεπόντως καὶ δικαίως ὁμιλοῦντας τοῖς ἀεὶ πλησιά- ζουσιν ‘I call those well-educated who will behave in a seeming and just manner to whoever may come near them.’ δ ὁ νόμος κελεύει: cf. Demosth. c. Steph. m § 10, τοῖν ἀντιδίκοιν ἐπάναγκες εἶναι ἀποκρίνασθαι ἀλλήλοις τὸ ἐρωτώμενον, μαρτυρεῖν δὲ μή. 10 τηλικούτου ὄντος ‘myself being so old,’ τηλικόσδε ὦν ‘ you so young.’ 13 ἐγὼ δὲ δή: δή is agaim ironical. 15 The best mss. (the Bodleian among them) read dx’ αὐτοῦ, and then ἀπό expresses only the place from which the effect proceeds, not the cause of the effect which would be expressed by uxo. Comp. Phaed. 88 B, κακὸν ἔπαθεν dx’ αὐτῶν and the constr. πάσχειν ὑπό τινος, above 17 a. Cobet Var. Lect. p. 342 prefers ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ, the reading of inferior mss. 17 οἶμαι δὲ sc. πείθεσθαι, but in expressions like the present the verb is always omitted when it can be easily inferred from the preceding words: e.g. Sympos. 176 a, χαλεπῶς ἔχω ὑπὸ τοῦ χθὲς πότου---οἶμαι δὲ καὶ ὑμῶν τοὺς πολλούς. Protag. 814 5, οὐ μόνος Πρωταγόρας αὐτόθι ἐστίν, ἀλλὰ καὶ Ἱππίας ὁ Ἠλεῖος" οἶμαι δὲ καὶ Πρόδικον τὸν Κεῖον. 18 εἰ διαφθείρω, ἄκων in ac- cordance with Socr.’s assertion οὐδεὶς ἑκὼν ἁμαρτάνει, which results from his doctrine that all virtue is knowledge (πᾶσαι al ἀρεταὶ ἐπιστῆμαί εἰσιν»), and that, if any one acts wrongly, he does so out of ignorance of what is right. 920 καὶ ἀκουσίων is, strictly speaking, implied in τῶν τοιούτων, but is added in order*to emphasize the whole idea. The constr. of εἰσάγειν with a gen. follows the analogy
80 NOTES.
of the verbs of accusing: ef. 24 », εἰσάγει! καὶ κατηγορεῖς. It is not, therefore, necessary to read τῶν τοιούτων ἕνεκα ἁμαρτημάτων with Cobet, Var. Lect. p. 300. 4] ἰδίᾳ orig. * singly’ or ‘per-
παύομαι are quoted by Stallb.: Protag. 328 p, ὅτε τῷ Gore πεπαυμένος εἴη sc. λέγων (τοῦ λόγου precedes). Phaedr. 262 x, παῦσαι 56. λέγων. Arist. Birds 1396, ἀλλ᾽ οἷν ἔγωγ᾽ οὐ παύσομαι sc. du. 24 In ἔφυγε: καὶ οὐκ ἠθέλησας observe the ὕστεραν πρότεραν.
Ch. XIV. p. 14, 28 τούτων depends on ἐμέλησεν: εἶ. 24 ο, ὥ»--- ἐμέλησεν. 49 ὅμω: δὲ δὴ ‘for all that’—though it would appear unnecessary to examine each paint of Meletus’ accusation in detail, since the whole seems to be already refuted more summarily. Ρ. 15, 1 διδάσκοντα se. διαφθείρειν, the other infin. κὴ »ομίξεεν being dependent on διδάσκοντα. 2, ταῦτα belongs to διδάσκων. 3 In πάνυ μὲν οὖν, μὲσ 18 only ἃ representative of μέν. 5 ὧν vow ὁ λόγος ἐστίν --οὖς νῦν λέγομεν, not περὶ ὧν νῦνλ. Cf. Charmid. 156 a, οὐ γάρ τί cow ὄλἔγο: λόγοι ἐστίν. Eur. Med. 541, ofc ἂν ἣν λόγος σέθεν. Riddell quotes Legg. 678 a, πόλεως: καὶ πολετείας πέρε καὶ νομοθεσίας, ὧν row ὁ λόγος ἡμῖν παρέστηκον.- «νήμην εἶσαι. 7 πότεραν... διδάσκειν. ‘The first part of this double question is developed in several coordinate secondary parts, which are seem- ingty not dependent on λέγεις and thus assume the character of a perenthesis. καὶ αὐτὸς dpa is a direct inference from the preced- ing words; καὶ efx, because an affirmative is used, οὐδέ because 8 negative assertion precedes. ov pévro:—drépevs reverts to repli iw εἶσαι @., though as to its mere sense it belongs also to the preceding νομίζειν... θεούς, and hence we should also understand ὅτι érépees. The second principal part is made to cozrespond to the first séreper Aéyas by ¢¥s, and is then developed in two coordinate parts with otre—ré, the second of which corresponds to the first of the first part, and the first to that part of the sentence which extends from αὐτὸς ἄρα to érépews.’ πος. 14 ἵνα τί δε. γάῃηται. Cf. Riddell “Digest’ §20. ἃ -----αὐδέ.. οὐδέ is very different from eére...wre. The latter is ‘neither...nor;’ the first ‘not even...and not.’ The San and Moon were worshipped all over Greece under the names of Apollo and Artemis. 16 μὰ Ai’ δα. οὐ venifa. The words ἄνδρες δικασταί are justifiable when used by Meletas: see noteon 174. 17 ᾿Αναξ- αγόρου: Anaxagoras of Clazomenae was born 500 n.c. His specala- tions mark an important period in the development of Grecian philosophy, since he was the first who maintained that Nets was the fundamental principle of the universe. He took up his residence at Athens and lived there in constant and intimate intercourse with
: APOLOGY. δὲ
the most eminent men of the time, especially Pericles and Euri- pides, in whose plays we find many traces of the influence of the doctrines of Anaxagoras, At last the enemies of Pericles having ac- cused Anaxagoras of atheism, he was banished Athens and died in retirement at Lampsacus. According to Diogenes Laért. 2, 8, Anaxagoras maintained τὸν ἥλιον μύδρον εἶναι διάπυρον καὶ μείζω τῆς Πελοποννήσου, τὴν δὲ σελήνην οἰκήσεις ἔχειν καὶ λόφους καὶ φάραγ- γας. 18 οὕτω belongs not only to κατάἀφρονεῖς, but also quali. fies ἀπείρους. 19 ὥστε οὐκ eldévac: again we expect μή in- stead of οὐκ, but again οὐκ eldévac expresses only one notion = ἀγνοεῖν : comp. οὐ φάναι 25 8, 41] καὶ δὴ καί is ironical ‘and then you mean to say that..——vaira gives here just as good sense 88 τοιαῦτα or ταὐτὰ ταῦτα which have been pro- posed by some editors. 23 δραχμῆς is here the highest price paid for a seat in the theatre (εἰ πάνυ πολλοῦ), and Harpocration, Suidas, and the Schol. on Lucian say expressly that this was so: the lowest price was two oboli (Béckh, Public Economy of Athens, transl. by G. C. Lewis, p. 223, n. 316, 2nd ed.), given as a gra- tuity to poor citizens since the time of Pericles. The seats were sold by persons called θεατρῶναι or θεατροπῶλαι, The doctrines of Anaxagoras may, as Socr. says, often be heard on the stage: a fact easily deduced from the influence exercised by Anaxagoras on the